Page 1
SERVICE MANUAL
DVD VIDEO PLAYER
FILE NO. 810-200223
SEPTEMBER, 2002
SD-2815
SD-K625
SD-3815
Page 2
CONTENTS
SECTION 1 . . . . SUMMARY
SECTION 2 . . . . CABINET & MAIN CHASSIS
SECTION 3 . . . . ELECTRICAL
SECTION 4 . . . . REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST
Page 3
SECTION 1
SUMMARY
CONTENTS
OWNER’S MANUAL(SD-K625/SD-2815/SD-3815) .......................................................... 1-2
PRODUCT SAFETY SERVICING GUIDELINES FOR VIDEO PRODUCTS ........... 1-63
SERVICING PRECAUTIONS ................................................................................................ 1-64
• General Servicing Precautions
• Insulation Checking Prodedure
• Electrostatically Sensitive Devices
Page 4
1-3
DVD PLAYER
OWNER’S MANUAL
MODEL : SD-K625
SD-2815
Before connecting, operating or adjusting this product,
please read this instruction booklet carefully and completely.
Page 5
1-4
Safety Precautions
This lightning flash with arrowhead symbol within an
equilateral triangle is intended to alert the user to
the presence of uninsulated dangerous voltage
within the product’s enclosure that may be of
sufficient magnitude to constitute a risk of electric
shock to persons.
The exclamation point within an equilateral triangle
is intended to alert the user to the presence of
important operating and maintenance (servicing)
instructions in the literature accompanying the
appliance.
WARNING: Do not install this equipment in a confined space
such as a bookcase or similar unit.
CAUTION:
This Digital Video Disc Player employs a Laser System.
To ensure proper use of this product, please read this owner’s
manual carefully and retain for future reference, should the unit
require maintenance, contact an authorized service locationsee service procedure.
Use of controls, adjustments or the performance of procedures
other than those specified herein may result in hazardous
radiation exposure.
To prevent direct exposure to laser beam, do not try to open
the enclosure. Visible laser radiation when open. DO NOT
STARE INTO BEAM.
CAUTION: The apparatus shall not be exposed to water,
dripping or splashing and that no objects filled with liquids,
such as vases, shall be placed on the apparatus.
FCC WARNING: This equipment may generate or use radio
frequency energy. Changes or modifications to this
equipment may cause harmful interference unless the modifications are expressly approved in the instruction manual. The
user could lose the authority to operate this equipment if an
unauthorized change or modification is made.
REGULATORY INFORMATION: FCC Part 15
This product has been tested and found to comply with the
limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the
FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable
protection against harmful interference when the product is
operated in a residential installation. This product generates,
uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not
installed and used in accordance with the instruction manual,
may cause harmful interference to radio communications.
However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur
in a particular installation. If this product does cause harmful
interference to radio or television reception, which can be
determined by turning the product off and on, the user is
encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more
of the following measures:
z Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
z Increase the separation between the product and
receiver.
z Connect the product into an outlet on a circuit different
from that to which the receiver is connected.
z Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician
for help.
Notes on copyrights:
It is forbidden by law to copy, broadcast, show, broadcast
via cable, play in public, or rent copyright material without
permission.
This product is equipped with copy protection measures
developed by Macrovision. Copy protection signals are recorded on some discs. When recording these discs on a VCR,
picture noise will appear during playback.
This product incorporates copyright protection technology that
is protected by certain U.S. patent claims and other intellectual
property rights owned by Macrovision Corporation and other
rights owners. Use of this copyright protection technology must
be authorized by Macrovision Corporation, and is intended for
home and other limited viewing uses only unless otherwise
authorized by Macrovision Corporation. Reverse engineering
or disassembly is prohibited.
SERIAL NUMBER: The serial number is found on the back of
this unit. This number is unique to this unit and not available to
others. You should record requested information here and
retain this guide as a permanent record of your purchase.
Model No. ___________________________________
Serial No. ___________________________________
CAUTION: TO PREVENT ELECTRIC SHOCK, MATCH
WIDE BLADE OF PLUG TO WIDE SLOT, FULLY INSERT.
ATTENTION: POUR ÉVITER LES CHOC ÉLECTRIQUES,
INTRODUIRE LA LAME LA PLUS LARGE DE LA FICHE
DANS LA BORNE CORRESPONDANTE DE LA PRISE ET
POUSSER JUSQU’AU FOND.
WARNING: TO REDUCE THE RISK OF FIRE OR ELECTRIC SHOCK, DO NOT EXPOSE THIS PRODUCT TO
RAIN OR MOISTURE.
CAUTION
RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK
DO NOT OPEN
CAUTION: TO REDUCE THE RISK
OF ELECTRIC SHOCK
DO NOT REMOVE COVER (OR BACK)
NO USER-SERVICEABLE PARTS INSIDE
REFER SERVICING TO QUALIFIED SERVICE
PERSONNEL.
Page 6
1-5
INTRODUCTION
IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS
CAUTION: PLEASE READ AND OBSERVE ALL WARNINGS AND
INSTRUCTIONS IN THIS OWNER’S MANUAL AND THOSE
MARKED ON THE UNIT. RETAIN THIS BOOKLET FOR
FUTURE REFERENCE.
This set has been designed and manufactured to assure personal safety.
Improper use can result in electric shock or fire hazard. The safeguards
incorporated in this unit will protect you if you observe the following procedures for installation, use, and servicing.
This unit does not contain any parts that can be repaired by the user.
DO NOT REMOVE THE CABINET COVER, OR YOU MAY BE
EXPOSED TO DANGEROUS VOLTAGE. REFER SERVICING TO
QUALIFIED SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY.
1. Read These Instructions
All safety and operating instructions should be read before the
product is operated.
2. Follow All Instructions
All operating and use instructions should be followed.
3. Keep These Instructions
The safety and operating instructions should be retained for future
reference.
4. Heed All Warnings
All warnings on the product and in the operating instructions should
be adhered to.
5. Power Sources
This product should be operated only from the type of power
source indicated on the marking label. If you are not sure of the
type of power supply in your home, consult your product dealer or
local power company. For products intended to operate from battery power, or other sources, refer to the operating instructions.
6. Grounding or Polarization
Do not defeat the safety purpose of the polarized plug has two
blades with one wider than the other. A grounding-type plug has
two blades and a third grounding prong. The wide blade or the
prong are provided for your safety. If the provided plug does not fit
into your outlet, consult an electrician for replacement of the obsolete outlet.
7. Ventilation
Slots and openings in the cabinet are provided for ventilation and to
ensure reliable operation of the product and to protect it from overheating. These openings must not be blocked or covered. The openings should never be blocked by placing the product on a bed, sofa,
rug or other similar surface. This product should not be placed in a
built-in installation such as a bookcase or rack unless proper ventilation is provided or the manufacturer’s instructions have been adhered
to.
8. Heat
Do not install near any heat sources such as radiators, heat registers, stoves, or other apparatus (including amplifiers) that produce
heat.
9. Water and Moisture
Do not use this apparatus near water. For example: near a bath
tub, wash bowl, kitchen sink, Laundry tub, in a wet basement; or
near a swimming pool.
10. Cleaning
Unplug this product from the wall outlet before cleaning. Do not use
liquid cleaners or aerosol cleaners. Clean only with dry cloth.
11. Power-Cord Protection
Protect the power cord from being walked on or pinched particularly
at plugs, convenience receptacles, and the point where they exit
from the apparatus.
12. Overloading
Do not overload wall outlets, extension cords, or integral convenience receptacles, this can result in a risk of fire or electric shock.
13. Lightning
Unplug this apparatus apparatus during lightning storms or when
unused for long periods of time. This will prevent damage to the
product due to lightning and power-line surges.
14. Object and Liquid Entry
Never push objects of any kind into this product through openings
as they may touch dangerous voltage points or short-out parts that
could result in a fire or electric shock. Never spill liquid of any kind
on the product.
15. Attachments
Only use attachments/accessories specified by the manufacturer.
16. Accessories
Use only with the cart, stand, tripod, bracket, or
table specified by the manufacturer or sold with
the apparatus. When a cart is used, use caution
when moving the cart/apparatus combination to
avoid injury from tip-over.
17. Disc Tray
Keep your fingers well clear of the disc tray as it is closing. It can
cause personal injury.
18. Burden
Do not place a heavy object on or step on the product. The object
may fall, causing serious personal injury and serious damage to the
product.
19. Connecting
When you connect the product to other equipment, turn off the
power and unplug all of the equipment from the wall outlet. Failure
to do so may cause an electric shock and serious personal injury.
Read the owner’s manual of the other equipment carefully and follow the instructions when making any connections.
20. Sound Volume
Reduce the volume to the minimum level before you turn on the
product. Otherwise, sudden high volume sound may cause hearing
or speaker damage.
21. Sound Distortion
Do not allow the product to output distorted sound for a longtime. It
may cause speaker overheating and fire.
22. Earphone
When you use the earphone, keep the volume at a moderate level.
If you use the earphone continuously with high volume sound, it
may cause hearing damage.
23. Laser Beam
Do not look into the opening of the disc tray or ventilation opening
of the product to see the source of the laser beam. It may cause
sight damage.
24. Disc
Do not use a cracked, deformed, or repaired disc. These discs are
easily broken and may cause serious personal injury and product
malfunction.
25. Damage Requiring Service
Refer all servicing to qualified service personnel. Servicing
is required when the apparatus has been damaged in any
way, such as power-supply cord or plug is damaged, liquid
has been spilled or objects have fallen into the apparatus,
the apparatus has been exposed to rain or moisture, does
not operate normal, or has been dropped.
26. Servicing
Do not attempt to service this product yourself as opening or
removing the cover may expose you to dangerous voltage or other
hazards. Refer all servicing to qualified service personnel.
27. Replacement parts
When replacement parts are required, be sure the service technician has used replacement parts specified by the manufacturer or
have the same characteristics as the original part. Unauthorized
substitutions may result in fire, electric shock, or other hazards.
28. Safety Check
Upon completion of any service or repairs to this product, ask the
service technician to perform safety checks to determine that the
product is in proper operating condition.
PORTABLE CART
WARNING
Page 7
1-6
Table of Contents
Introduction
Safety Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . 3
Table of Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Before Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
Playable Discs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Notes on Discs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
About Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Front Panel and Display Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Remote Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Rear Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Preparation
Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-11
Connecting to a TV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Connecting to Optional Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Before Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-15
General Explanation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
On-Screen Display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Initial Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-15
z
Initial Settings General Operation. . . . . . . . . 13
z
Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
z
Picture. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
z
Sound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
z
Others . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
z
Parental Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Operation
Operation with DVD, Video CD and Audio CD. 16-19
Playing a DVD, Video CD and Audio CD . . . . . . 16
z
Exchanging discs during playback . . . . . . . . 16
z
Skipping discs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
z
Exchanging the disc and starting playback. . 16
General Features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
z
Moving to another TITLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
z
Moving to another CHAPTER/TRACK . . . . . 17
z
Still Picture and Frame-by-Frame Playback . 17
z
Pause . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
z
Slow Motion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
z
Search. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
z
Random . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
z
Repeat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
z
Repeat A-B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
z
Time Search . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
z
Selecting the sound enhancement . . . . . . . 18
z
Zoom. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
z
Marker Search. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Special DVD Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
z
Title Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
z
Disc Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
z
Camera Angle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
z
Changing the Audio Language. . . . . . . . . . . 19
z
Changing the Audio Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
z
Subtitles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Programmed Playback with Video CD
and Audio CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Programmed Playback with Video CD
and Audio CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
z
Repeat Programmed Tracks/All . . . . . . . . . . 20
z
Erasing a Track from Program List. . . . . . . . 20
z
Erasing the Complete Program List . . . . . . . 20
Operation with MP3 Disc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Playing an MP3 Disc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
z
Pause . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
z
Moving to another Track . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
z
Repeat Track/All/Off. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Notes on MP3 Discs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Operation with JPEG Disc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Viewing a JPEG disc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
z
Moving to another File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
z
Repeat All/Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Programmed Playback with MP3 or JPEG Disc . . 23
Programmed Playback with MP3 or JPEG Disc . 23
z
Repeat Programmed Tracks/All/Off . . . . . . . 23
z
Repeat Programmed All/Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
z
Erasing a Track/File from Program List. . . . . 23
z
Erasing the Complete Program List . . . . . . . 23
Additional Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Last Condition Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Screen Saver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Video Mode Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Reference
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Language Code List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Area Code List. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Others
LIMITED WARRANTY DVD VIDEO PLAYER . . . 29-30
About the symbols for instructions
Indicates hazards likely to cause harm to the unit
itself or other material damage.
Indicates special operating features of this unit.
Indicates tips and hints for making the task easier.
Page 8
1-7
INTRODUCTION
Before Use
Playable Discs
DVD Video
(8 cm / 12 cm disc)
Video CD (VCD)
(8 cm / 12 cm disc)
Audio CD
(8 cm / 12 cm disc)
In addition, this unit can play a DVD-R, CD-R or
CD-RW that contains audio titles, MP3 or JPEG files.
Notes
– Depending on the conditions of the recording equip-
ment or the CD-R/RW disc itself, some CD-R/RW
discs cannot be played on this unit.
– This unit cannot play CD-R/RW discs that do not con-
tain any data, or contain different kinds of formatted
data other than MP3 and CD-DA data.
– Do not attach any seal or label to either side (the
labeled side or the recorded side) of a disc.
– Do not use irregularly shaped CDs (e.g., heart-
shaped or octagonal). It may result in malfunctions.
Notes on DVDs and Video CDs
Some playback operations of DVDs and Video CDs
may be intentionally fixed by software manufacturers.
As this unit plays DVDs and Video CDs according to
disc content designed by the software manufacturer,
some playback features of the unit may not be available, or other functions may be added.
Refer also to the instructions supplied with the DVDs
and Video CDs. Some DVDs made for business purposes may not be playable on this unit.
Regional code of the DVD player and DVDs
This DVD player is designed and manufactured
for playback of region “1” encoded DVD software. The region code on the labels of some DVD discs
indicates which type of player can play those discs. This
unit can play only DVD discs labeled “1” or “ALL”. If you
try to play any other discs, the message “Check Regional
Code” will appear on the TV screen. Some DVD discs
may not have a region code label even though their
playback is prohibited by area limits.
Note on DTS-encoded CDs
To avoid possible damage to the audio system, turn
down the volume before playing back such discs. Adjust
the volume gradually to personal preference. To enjoy
DTS Digital Surround
TM
playback, an external 5.1 channel DTS Digital SurroundTMdecoder system must be
connected to the digital output of the player.
Disc-related terms
Title (DVD only)
The main film content or accompanying feature content
or additional feature content, or music album.
Each title is assigned a title reference number enabling
you to locate it easily.
Chapter (DVD only)
Sections of a picture or a musical piece that are smaller
than titles.
A title is composed of one or several chapters. Each
chapter is assigned a chapter number, enabling you to
locate the chapter you want. Chapter numbers may not
be recorded on all discs.
Track (Video CD and audio CD only)
Sections of a picture or a musical piece on a video CD
or an audio CD. Each track is assigned a track number,
enabling you to locate the track you want.
Scene
On a video CD with PBC (Playback control) functions,
moving pictures and still pictures are divided into sections called “Scenes”. Each scene is displayed in the
menu screen and assigned a scene number, enabling
you to locate the scene you want.
A scene is composed of one or several tracks.
Types of video CDs
There are two types of video CDs:
Video CDs equipped with PBC (Version 2.0)
PBC (Playback control) functions allow you to interact
with the system via menus, search functions, or other
typical computer-like operations. Moreover, still pictures
of high resolution can be played if they are included in
the disc.
Video CDs not equipped with PBC (Version 1.1)
Operated in the same way as audio CDs, these discs
allow playback of video pictures as well as sound, but
they are not equipped with PBC.
1
Page 9
1-8
Before Use (Cont’d)
Precautions
Handling the unit
When shipping the unit
The original shipping carton and packing materials
come in handy. For maximum protection, re-pack the
unit as it was originally packed at the factory.
When setting up the unit
The picture and sound of a nearby TV, VCR, or radio
may be distorted during playback. In this case, position
the unit away from the TV, VCR, or radio, and turn off
the unit after removing the disc.
To keep the exterior surfaces clean
Do not use volatile liquids, such as insecticide spray,
near the unit. Do not allow rubber or plastic products to
contact the unit for a long period of time. They will leave
marks on the surface.
To move the unit
When you move the player, take out any discs. If you
don’t, the discs may be damaged or drop into the internal workings of the DVD player.
Cleaning the unit
To clean the cabinet
Use a soft, dry cloth. If the surfaces are extremely dirty,
use a soft cloth lightly moistened with a mild detergent
solution. Do not use strong solvents, such as alcohol,
benzine, or thinner, as these might damage the surface
of the unit.
To obtain a clear picture
The DVD player is a high-tech, precision device. If the
optical pick-up lens and disc drive parts are dirty or
worn down, the picture quality will be poor.
Regular inspection and maintenance are recommended
after every 1,000 hours of use. (This depends on the
operating environment.)
For details, please contact your nearest dealer.
Notes on Discs
Handling discs
Do not touch the playback side of the disc.
Hold the disc by the edges so that fingerprints will not
get on the surface.
Do not stick paper or tape on the disc.
Storing discs
After playing, store the disc in its case.
Do not expose the disc to direct sunlight or sources of
heat, or leave it in a parked car exposed to direct sunlight, as there may be a considerable temperature buildup inside the car.
Cleaning discs
Fingerprints and dust on the disc can cause poor picture quality and sound distortion. Before playing, clean
the disc with a clean cloth. Wipe the disc from the center out.
Do not use strong solvents such as alcohol, benzine,
thinner, commercially available cleaners, or anti-static
spray intended for older vinyl records.
About Symbols
About the symbol display
“ ” may appear on the TV screen during operation.
This icon means the function explained in this owner’s
manual is not available on that specific DVD video disc.
About the disc symbols for instructions
When a section in this manual includes the following
icons, the data provided herein is applicable only to the
software represented by that icon.
DVD
Video CDs with the PBC (playback control)
function.
Video CDs without the PBC (playback control)
function.
Audio CDs.
MP3 disc.
JPEG disc.
JPEG
MP3
CD
VCD1.1
VCD2.0
DVD
Page 10
1-9
INTRODUCTION
Front Panel and Display Window
Forward Skip ( >)
Advances to NEXT chapter/track.
Press and hold for two seconds for
fast forward search.
DISC CHANGE
Changes a disc (other than the one playing)
during playback
ENTER
Confirms menu selection.
Reverse Skip ( .)
Returns to beginning of current
chapter/track or to PREVIOUS
chapter/track.
Press and hold for two seconds
for fast reverse search.
STOP ( x)
Stops playback.
PAUSE ( X)
Pauses playback temporarily /
press repeatedly for frame-by-
frame playback.
PLAY ( N)
Starts playback.
OPEN/CLOSE ( Z)
Opens or closes the disc tray.
ON/STANDBY indicator
Lights red when the player is in Standby mode (off).
RANDOM
Plays tracks in random order.
Remote Sensor
Point the DVD Player remote control here.
Display window
Shows the current status of the player.
Indicates current player function:
Playback, Pause, etc.
A light will appear if a disc is in the disc
tray. The current disc tray flashes.
ANGLE Lights when multi angles
are present.
DVD inserted
CD Audio CD inserted
VCD Video CD inserted
MP3 MP3 disc inserted
TITLE Indicates current title number
CHP/TRK Indicates current chapter or track number
Indicates total playing time/elapsed time
PROG. Programmed playback active
RANDOM RANDOM play-
back active
Indicates repeat
mode
Disc Tray
Insert a disc here.
ON/STANDBY
Switches the player ON and OFF.
MENU
Accesses menu on a DVD disc.
DISC SKIP
Moves to the next available disc tray.
1111222233334444(left/right/up/down)
Selects an item in the menu.
DVD
VCDMP3
DVD
CD
1 2 3 4 5
TITLE
CHP/TRK
PROG.
RANDOM ALL
AB
Page 11
1-10
Remote Control
Remote Control Operation Range
Point the remote control at the remote sensor and press
the buttons.
zz
Distance: About 23 ft (7 m) from the front of the
remote sensor
zz
Angle: About 30° in each direction of the front of the
remote sensor
Remote control battery installation
Detach the battery cover on the rear of
the remote control, and insert two R03
(size AAA) batteries with and
aligned correctly.
Caution
Do not mix old and new batteries. Never mix different
types of batteries (standard, alkaline, etc.).
OPEN/CLOSE ( Z)
Opens and closes the disc tray.
GUI DISPLAY
Accesses on-screen display
SETUP
Accesses or closes setup menu.
TOP MENU
Displays the Title menu of the disc if
available.
1111222233334444(left/right/up/down)
Selects an item in the menu.
CLEAR
Removes a track number on the
program menu or a mark on the
MARKER SEARCH menu.
PAUSE/STEP ( X/ C) •
Pauses playback temporarily / press
repeatedly for frame-by-frame
playback.
STOP ( x) •
Stops playback.
Forward SKIP ( >) •
Advances to next chapter or track.
Reverse SKIP (
.
) •
Returns to beginning of current
chapter or track or go to previous
chapter or track.
ANGLE •
Selects a DVD camera angle if
available
SUBTITLE •
Selects a subtitle language.
AUDIO •
Selects an audio language (DVD) or
an audio channel (CD).
FL DIM •
Controls the Display Window’s light.
POWER
Switches DVD Player ON and OFF.
ZOOM
Enlarges video image.
E.A.M.
Selects sound mode during disc
playback.
MENU
Accesses menu on a DVD disc.
ENTER
Confirms menu selection.
RETURN
- Removes the setup menu.
- Displays the menu of a video CD
with PBC.
• Reverse SCAN ( m)
Search backward.
• PLAY ( N)
Starts playback.
• Forward SCAN ( M)
Search forward.
PROGRAM
Accesses or removes Program
menu.
SEARCH
Displays MARKER SEARCH menu.
0-9 number buttons
Selects numbered items in a menu.
• Reverse SLOW ( t)
Reverse slow playback.
• Forward SLOW ( T)
Forward slow playback.
• DISC SKIP
Moves to the next available disc tray.
• RANDOM
Plays tracks in random order.
• MARKER
Marks any point during playback.
• REPEAT
Repeat chapter, track, title, all.
• A-B RPT
Repeat sequence.
AAA
AAA
Page 12
1-11
INTRODUCTION
Rear Panel
Do not touch the inner pins of the jacks on the rear
panel. Electrostatic discharge may cause permanent
damage to the unit.
COAXIAL (Digital audio out jack)
Connect to digital (coaxial) audio equipment.
VIDEO OUTPUT Switch
Select either S-VIDEO or COMPONENT, depending on
how you connect DVD Player to the TV.
OPTICAL (Digital audio out jack)
Connect to digital (optical) audio equipment.
COMPONENT VIDEO OUT (Y Pb Pr)
Connect to a TV with Y Pb Pr inputs.
ANALOG AUDIO OUT (Left/Right) 1, 2
Connect to an amplifier, receiver or stereo system.
VIDEO OUT
Connect to a TV with video inputs.
AC Power Cord
Plug into the power source.
S-VIDEO OUT
Connect to a TV with S-Video inputs.
Page 13
1-12
Connections
Tips
zz
Depending on your TV and other equipment you wish
to connect, there are various ways you could connect
the player. Use only one of the connections
described below.
zz
Please refer to the manuals of your TV, VCR, Stereo
System or other devices as necessary to make the
best connections.
zz
For better sound reproduction, connect the player’s
AUDIO OUT jacks to the audio in jacks of your
amplifier, receiver, stereo or audio/video equipment.
See “Connecting to optional equipment” on page 11.
Caution
–
Make sure the DVD Player is connected directly to the
TV. Select the TV to the corresponding video input.
– Do not connect the DVD Player’s AUDIO OUT jack to
the phono in jack (Turntable) of your audio system.
– Do not connect your DVD Player via your VCR. The
DVD image could be distorted by the copy protection
system.
Connecting to a TV
zz
Make one of the following connections, depending on
the capabilities of your existing equipment.
zz
When using the COMPONENT VIDEO OUT jacks,
set the VIDEO OUTPUT switch to COMPONENT.
When using the S-VIDEO OUT jack, set the VIDEO
OUTPUT switch to S-VIDEO.
Video connection (Good)
11
Connect the VIDEO OUT jack on the DVD Player to
the video in jack on the TV using the video cable
supplied (V).
22
Connect the Left and Right AUDIO OUT jacks of
the DVD Player to the audio left/right in jacks on the
TV (A) using the supplied audio cables.
S-Video connection (Better)
11
Connect the S-VIDEO OUT jack on the DVD Player
to the S-Video in jack on the TV using an optional
S-Video cable (S).
22
Connect the Left and Right AUDIO OUT jacks of
the DVD Player to the audio left/right in jacks on the
TV (A) using the supplied audio cables.
Component Video (Color Stream®) connection (Best)
11
Connect the COMPONENT VIDEO OUT jacks on
the DVD Player to the corresponding in jacks on
the TV using an optional Y Pb P
r cable (C).
22
Connect the Left and Right AUDIO OUT jacks of
the DVD Player to the audio left/right in jacks on the
TV (A) using the supplied audio cables.
Note
If the TV has an S-video input, connect the DVD player
with the S-video cable. When using an S-video cable,
do not connect the yellow video cable.
Rear of TV
S-VIDEO
INPUT
S A VC
Rear of DVD player
COMPONENT VIDEO /
PROGRESSIVE SCAN INPUT
Pr
Y
Pb
AUDIO INPUT
L
VIDEO
INPUT
R
L
Page 14
1-13
PREPARATION
Connections (Cont’d)
Connecting to Optional Equipment
Connecting to an amplifier equipped with two
channel analog stereo or Dolby Surround
Connect the Left and Right AUDIO OUT jacks on the
DVD Player to the audio left and right in jacks on your
amplifier, receiver or stereo system, using the supplied
audio cables (A).
Connecting to an amplifier equipped with two
channel digital stereo (PCM) or to an Audio/
Video receiver equipped with a multi-channel
decoder (Dolby Digital™, MPEG 2 or DTS)
11
Connect one of the DVD Player’s DIGITAL AUDIO
OUT jacks (OPTICAL O or COAXIAL X) to the corresponding in jack on your amplifier. Use an optional digital (optical O or coaxial X) audio cable.
22
You will need to activate the player’s digital output.
(See “Digital Audio Output” on page 14).
Digital Multi-channel sound
A digital multi-channel connection provides the best
sound quality. For this you need a multi-channel
Audio/Video receiver that supports one or more of the
audio formats supported by your DVD Player (MPEG 2,
Dolby Digital and DTS). Check the receiver manual and
the logos on the front of the receiver.
Notes
–
If the audio format of the digital output does not match
the capabilities of your receiver, the receiver will
produce a strong, distorted sound or no sound at all.
– Six Channel Digital Surround Sound can only be
obtained if your receiver is equipped with a Digital
Multi-channel surround sound decoder.
– To confirm the audio format of the current DVD
selection display, press AUDIO.
– Repeated pressing of the AUDIO button may allow
you to select between various audio formats available
on the disc.
Note
This player does not perform internal (2 channel)
decoding of a DTS sound track. To enjoy DTS
multi channel surround, you must connect this player to
a DTS compatible receiver via one of this player’s
digital audio outputs.
Rear of DVD player
AXO
R
OPTICAL COAXIAL
Amplifier (Receiver)
L
AUDIO INPUTDIGITAL INPUT
Page 15
1-14
Before Operation
General Explanation
This manual gives basic instructions for operating the
DVD Player. Some DVDs require specific operation or
allow only limited operation during playback. When this
occurs, the symbol appears on the TV screen, indicating that the operation is not permitted by the DVD
Player or is not available on the disc.
On-Screen Display
General playback status can be displayed on the TV
screen. Some items can be changed on the menu.
On-screen display operation
11
Press GUI DISPLAY during playback.
22
Press
3333or
4444to select an item.
The selected item will be highlighted.
33
Press
1111or
2222to change the setting of an item.
The number buttons can be also be used for setting
numbers (e.g., title number). For some functions,
press ENTER to execute the setting.
Repeat mode Icons
Repeat Title
Repeat Chapter
Repeat Track (non-PBC Video CDs
and Audio CD only)
Repeat Current Disc (non-PBC Video CDs
and Audio CD only)
Repeat All Discs (non-PBC Video CDs
and Audio CD only)
Repeat A-B
Repeat Off
Resume play from this point
Action prohibited or not available
Notes
z Some discs may not provide all of the features includ-
ed on the on-screen display example shown below.
z If no button is pressed for 10 seconds, the on-screen
display disappears.
Items
Title Number
Chapter Number
Time search
Audio language
and Digital Audio
Output mode
Subtitle language
Angle
Sound
Function (Press
3333/
4444to select desired item)
Displays the current title number and total number of
available titles, and skips to a desired title number.
Displays the current chapter number and total number of
available chapters, and skips to a desired chapter number.
Displays the elapsed playing time, and
searches a point identified by its elapsed time.
Displays the current audio soundtrack language,
encoding method and channel number, and
any changes you make to the setting.
Displays the current subtitles language, and
any changes you make to the setting.
Displays the current angle number and total number of
angles, and any changes you make to the angle number.
Displays the current sound mode, and
any changes you make to the setting.
Selection Method
1111/
2222,or
Numbers, ENTER
1111/
2222,or
Numbers, ENTER
Numbers, ENTER
11
11
/
22
22
1111/
22
22
11
11
/
22
22
1111/
22
22
1/3
1/12
0:16:57
1 ENG
D
6 CH
OFF
1/1
NORM.
Items
Track Number
Time
Audio Channel
Sound
Function (Press
3333/
4444to select desired item)
Displays the current track number, total number of tracks
and PBC On mode, and skips to the desired track number.
Displays the elapsed playing time (Display only)
Displays the audio channel, and
changes you make to the audio channel.
Displays the current sound mode, and
any changes you make to the setting.
Selection Method
1111/
2222,or
Numbers, ENTER
–
1111/
22
22
11
11
/
22
22
1/4
0:16:57
STER.
NORM.
VCD2.0
VCD1.1
DVD
CD
TITLE
CHAPT
TRACK
DISC
ALL
A B
OFF
Page 16
1-15
PREPARATION
Before Operation (Cont’d)
Initial Settings
You can install your own Personal Preferences.
Initial Settings General Operation
11
Press SETUP.
The setup menu appears.
22
Press
3333/
4444to select the desired item.
The screen will display the current setting for the
selected item, as well as alternate setting(s).
33
While the desired item is displayed, press
2222,
then
3333/
4444to select the desired setting.
44
Press ENTER to confirm your selection.
Some items require additional steps.
55
Press SETUP, RETURN or PLAY to exit the
setup menu.
If you press SETUP or RETURN to exit the setup
menu, DVD Player will be in stop mode. So, you
must press PLAY to play back.
Language
Disc Language
Select a language for the disc’s Menu, Audio and Subtitle.
Original :
The original language included on the disc is selected.
Other : To select another language, enter the 4-digit number
corresponding to the language code list on page 26. If you
enter the wrong language code, press CLEAR.
Menu Language
Select a language for the setup menu. This is the menu
you see when you press SETUP.
Picture
TV Aspect
4:3 Letterbox: Select when a standard 4:3 TV is con-
nected. Displays theatrical images with masking bars
above and below the picture.
4:3 Panscan: Select when a standard 4:3 TV is connected. Displays pictures cropped to fill your TV screen.
Both side of the original picture may be cut off.
16:9 Wide: Select when a 16:9 wide TV is connected.
DVD
DVD
Disc Audio
Disc Subtitle
Disc Menu
Rating
Area Code
TV Aspect
Menu Language
Progressive Scan
Digital Audio Output
5.1 Speaker Setup
Others
Original
English
French
German
Spanish
Italian
Chinese
Polish
Hungarian
Russian
Other — — — —
Disc Audio
Disc Subtitle
Disc Menu
Rating
Area Code
TV Aspect
Menu Language
Progressive Scan
Digital Audio Output
5.1 Speaker Setup
Others
English
Spanish
French
Disc Audio
Disc Subtitle
Disc Menu
Rating
Area Code
TV Aspect
Menu Language
Progressive Scan
Digital Audio Output
5.1 Speaker Setup
Others
4:3 Letterbox
4:3 Panscan
16:9 Wide
Disc Audio
Disc Subtitle
Disc Menu
Rating
Area Code
TV Aspect
Menu Language
Progressive Scan
Digital Audio Output
5.1 Speaker Setup
Others
Original
English
French
German
Spanish
Italian
Chinese
Polish
Hungarian
Russian
Other — — — —
Page 17
1-16
Before Operation (Cont’d)
Sound
Digital Audio Output
Each DVD disc may have a variety of audio output
options. Set the player’s Digital Audio Output according
to the type of audio system you use.
DOLBY DIGITAL/PCM: Select “DOLBY DIGITAL/PCM”
if you connect the DVD Player’s DIGITAL OUT jack to a
Dolby Digital decoder (or an amplifier or other equipment with a Dolby Digital decoder).
Stream/PCM: Select “Stream/PCM” if you connect the
DVD Player’s DIGITAL OUT jack to an amplifier or other
equipment with a DTS decoder, Dolby Digital decoder
or MPEG decoder.
PCM: Select when connected to a 2 channel digital
stereo amplifier. The DVD player outputs sounds in the
PCM 2ch format when you play a DVD video disc
recorded on the Dolby Digital, MPEG1 or MPEG2
recording system.
Sample Frequency
To change the Sample Frequency setting, first select
the desired Digital Audio Output as indicated above.
If your receiver or amplifier is NOT capable of handling
96KHz signals, select 48KHz. When this choice is
made, this unit will automatically convert any 96KHz
signals to 48KHz so your system can decode them.
If your receiver or amplifier is capable of handling
96KHz signals, select 96KHz. When this choice is
made, this unit will pass all signals through without
down conversion, or processing.
Others
The DRC, Vocal, PBC, B.L.E., Pluge and DNR settings
can be changed.
z Press
3333/
4444to select the desired item and press
ENTER. The setting of the selected item alternates
between On and Off.
Dynamic Range Control (DRC)
With the DVD format, you can hear a program’s soundtrack in the most accurate and realistic presentation
possible, thanks to digital audio technology. However,
you may wish to compress the dynamic range of the
audio output (the difference between the loudest sounds
and the quietest ones). Then, you may listen to a movie
at a lower volume without losing clarity of sound. Set
DRC to On for this effect.
Vocal
Set Vocal to On only when a multi-channel karaoke
DVD is playing. The karaoke channels on the disc will
mix into normal stereo sound.
PBC
Set Playback Control (PBC) to On or Off.
On: Video CDs with PBC are played according to the PBC.
Off: Video CDs with PBC are played the same way as Audio
CDs.
B.L.E. (Black Level Expansion)
To select the black level of playback pictures. Set your
preference and monitor’s ability.
On: Expanded grey scale. (0 IRE cut off)
Off: Standard grey scale. (7.5 IRE cut off)
Pluge (Blacker than Black)
For proper adjustment of your television brightness
settings utilizing a commercially available test disc.
On: Select when you adjust the level of your TV using a
commercially available test disc that contains pluge
signals.
Off: For normal use.
DNR (Digital Noise Reduction)
You can reduce ambient noise in the picture.
DNR1: Normal level
DNR2: Expanded level.
Off: Off.
Notes
– Actual picture enhancement may vary depending on the
quality of the disc.
– While the DNR2 (expanded level) can provide additional
improvement in the reduction of noise in the video signal, it
may produce undesirable picture artifacts on some discs.
Should this occur, select a more appropriate DNR level (normal or off).
– Depending on the disc, some picture detail may be lost by
the picture enhancement.
– A DVD audio disc with Dolby Digital or DTS soundtrack may
be played, some DVD audio discs include moving pictures
which may be modified by the above processes.
DOLBY
/PCM
Disc Audio
Disc Subtitle
Disc Menu
Rating
Area Code
TV Aspect
Menu Language
Progressive Scan
Digital Audio Output
5.1 Speaker Setup
Others
DIGITAL
Stream/PCM
PCM
Sample Freq.
48 KHz
96KHz
Disc Audio
Disc Subtitle
Disc Menu
Rating
Area Code
TV Aspect
Menu Language
Progressive Scan
Digital Audio Output
5.1 Speaker Setup
Others
DRC On
Vocal On
PBC On
B.L.E. Off
Pluge Off
DNR Off
Page 18
1-17
PREPARATION
Before Operation (Cont’d)
Parental Control
Rating
Movies on DVDs may contain scenes not suitable for
children. Therefore, discs may contain Parental Control
information that applies to the complete disc or to
certain scenes on the disc. These scenes are rated
from 1 to 8, and alternatively, more suitable scenes are
available for selection on some discs. Ratings are
country-dependent. The Parental Control feature allows
you to prevent discs from being played by your children
or to have certain discs played with alternative scenes.
11
Select “Rating” on the Setup menu using the
33
33
and
4444buttons.
22
While “Rating” is displayed, press
2222.
33
When you have not entered a password yet;
Install a 4-digit password using the number buttons
to create a personal 4-digit security password, then
press ENTER. Enter the 4-digit password again and
press ENTER to verify.
When you have already entered a password;
Install your 4-digit password using the number
buttons to confirm the personal 4-digit security
password, then press ENTER.
If you make a mistake before pressing ENTER, press
CLEAR and install your 4-digit security password again.
44
Select a rating from 1 to 8 using the
3333/
4444but-
tons. One (1) has the least playback restrictions.
Eight (8) has the most playback restrictions.
Unlock: If you select Unlock, Parental Control is
not active. The disc will play without restrictions.
Ratings 1 to 8: Some discs contain scenes not
suitable for children. If you set a rating for the player, all disc scenes with the same rating or lower will
be played. Higher rated scenes will not be played
unless an alternative scene is available on the disc.
The alternative must have the same rating or a
lower one. If no suitable alternative is found,
playback will stop. You must enter your 4-digit
password or change the rating level in order to play
the disc.
55
Press ENTER to confirm your rating selection,
then press SETUP to exit the menu.
Area Code
Enter the code of a country/area whose standards were
used to rate the DVD video disc, referring to the list
(See “Area Code List”, page 27.).
11
Select Area Code using the
3333/
4444buttons on the
setup menu.
22
While Area Code is selected, press 2.
33
Follow step 3 of “Rating” on left.
44
Select the first character using the
3333/
4444buttons.
55
Shift the cursor using
1111/2buttons and select
the second character using
3333/
4444buttons.
66
Press ENTER to confirm your area code selection, then press SETUP to exit the menu.
Note
Confirmation of your 4-digit password is necessary
when the password is changed (see “Changing the
4-digit password” below ).
Changing the 4-digit password
1 Follow Steps 1-2 as shown above to the left (Rating).
2 Install your old code, then press ENTER.
3 Select Change using the
3333/
4444buttons then press
ENTER.
4 Install the new 4-digit password, then press ENTER.
5 Install exactly the same code a second time and veri-
fy by pressing ENTER.
6 Press SETUP to exit the menu.
If you forget your 4-digit password
If you forget your password, to clear the current password, follow the procedure below.
1 Press SETUP to display the setup menu.
2 Use the Number buttons to enter the 6-digit number
“210499.”
The 4-digit password is cleared.
3 Enter a new code as shown above to the left (Rating).
DVD
DVD
Disc Audio
Disc Subtitle
Disc Menu
Rating
Area Code
TV Aspect
Menu Language
Progressive Scan
Digital Audio Output
5.1 Speaker Setup
Others
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Unlock
Change
Disc Audio
Disc Subtitle
Disc Menu
Rating
Area Code
TV Aspect
Menu Language
Progressive Scan
Digital Audio Output
5.1 Speaker Setup
Others
Code Set
U S
Page 19
1-18
Operation with DVD, Video CD and Audio CD
Playing a DVD, Video CD and Audio CD
Playback Setup
z Turn on the TV and select the video input source
corresponding to the DVD player.
z Audio system: Turn on the audio system and select
the input source connected to the DVD player.
11
Press OPEN/CLOSE to open the disc tray.
22
Load your disc in the center position, with the
label facing up.
When a double-sided DVD is inserted, make sure
the side you want to play is facing up.
• Discs can be loaded one at a time by pressing
DISC SKIP to rotate the carousel.
33
Press OPEN/CLOSE to close the tray.
READING appears on the TV screen, and playback
starts automatically. If playback does not start,
press PLAY.
In some cases, the disc menu may appear instead.
If a disc menu screen is displayed
The menu screen may be displayed first after loading a
DVD or Video CD that contains a menu.
Use the
1111222233334444buttons to select the title/chapter
and additional selections you want, then press ENTER
to start playback.
Press TOP MENU or MENU to return to the disc menu
screen.
zz
Use the number buttons to select the track you want
to view.
Press RETURN to return to the disc menu screen.
zz
Menu setting and the exact operating procedures for
using the disc menu may differ depending on the disc.
Follow the instructions on each menu screen.
You also may set PBC to Off under setup. See page
14.
Notes
– If Parental Control is set and the disc is not within the
Rating settings (not authorized), the 4-digit password
must be entered and/or the disc must be authorized
(see “Parental Control”, on page 15).
– DVDs may have a region code.
– Your player will not play discs that have a region code
different from your player. The region code for this
player is 1 (one).
Exchanging discs during playback
z Press DISC CHANGE on the front panel during play-
back to open the disc tray.
z Press DISC SKIP to rotate the disc trays to the
desired position. The carousel will rotate clockwise by
one disc increments.
z Exchange the discs and press DISC CHANGE or
OPEN/CLOSE to close the disc tray.
Note
– The disc tray presently loaded in the play position can
not be exchanged.
Skipping discs
Press DISC SKIP during play or when playback is
stopped.
Notes
– When DISC SKIP is pressed, the disc tray rotates and
playback begins from the beginning of the next disc.
– If there is no disc on the next disc tray, the following
disc tray will be selected.
– When DISC SKIP is pressed during playback of disc
5, playback of disc 1 will start.
Exchanging the disc and starting playback
1.Press OPEN/CLOSE during playback or when play-
back is stopped.
Play stops (if pressed during playback), the disc tray opens
and the disc that was in the play position comes to the front.
2.Exchange the disc.
3.Press OPEN/CLOSE or PLAY again.
The tray closes and playback begins (with the disc
that was in front).
VCD2.0
DVD
CD
VCD1.1VCD2.0
DVD
Center position
Do not load a disc in the
left and light side position.
Page 20
1-19
Operation with DVD, Video CD and Audio CD (Cont’d)
General Features
Note
Unless stated otherwise, all operations described use
the remote control. Some features may also be
available from the Setup menu.
Moving to another TITLE
When a disc has more than one title, you can select to
another title as follows:
zz
Press GUI DISPLAY when playback is stopped.
From the title function, press the appropriate numbered button (0-9) to select a title number.
Moving to another CHAPTER/TRACK
When a title on a disc has more than one chapter or a
disc has more than one track, you can move to another
chapter/track as follows:
z Press SKIP
.
or
>
briefly during playback to
select the next chapter/track or to return to the beginning of the current chapter/track.
zz
Press
.
twice briefly to step back to the previous
chapter/track.
zz
To go directly to any chapter during DVD playback,
press GUI DISPLAY. Then, press
3333/
4444to select C
(chapter) (or for a Video CD and Audio CD, select T
for track). Then, enter the chapter/track number using
the numbered buttons (0-9).
Note
For two-digit numbers, press the buttons in rapid
succession.
Still Picture and Frame-by-frame playback
1 Press PAUSE/STEP during playback.
The player will now go into PAUSE mode.
2 You can advance the picture frame by frame by
pressing PAUSE/STEP repeatedly on the remote
control.
Pause
1 Press PAUSE/STEP during playback.
2 To return to playback, press PLAY or press
PAUSE/STEP again.
Slow Motion
1 Press SLOW tor Tduring playback.
The player will enter SLOW mode.
2 Use the SLOW tor Tto select the required speed:
t
1/16, t1/8, t1/4 or t1/2 (reverse), or
T
1/16, T1/8, T1/4 or T1/2 (forward).
3 To exit slow motion mode, press PLAY.
Note
Slow motion playback in reverse is not available from a
Video CD.
Search
1 Press REV mor FWD Mduring playback.
The player will now go into SEARCH mode.
2 Press REV mor FWD Mrepeatedly to select the
required speed: mX2, mX4, mX16, mX100
(backward) or MX2, MX4, MX16, MX100
(forward).
With a Video CD and Audio CD, the Search speed
changes: mX2, mX4, mX8 (backward) or
M
X2, MX4, MX8 (forward).
3 To exit SEARCH mode, press PLAY.
Random
1 Press RANDOM during playback or in stop mode.
The unit automatically begins Random Playback and
“RANDOM (1-3)” appears on the TV screen.
• RANDOM1: Plays all the tracks on a single disc in random
order and then stops.
• RANDOM2: Plays all the tracks on current disc in
random order and then plays all the tracks on each succeeding disc in random order and then stops.
• RANDOM3: Plays 2 tracks randomly from a disc and then
plays 2 tracks randomly from a different disc until all
tracks on all discs have been played.
2 To return to normal playback, press RANDOM until
“RANDOM” disappears on the display window.
Tip
By pressing SKIP
.
or >during Random playback, the unit selects another title (track) and resumes
Random playback.
Note
This function works only with Compact Discs, Karaoke
discs and video CD without PBC.
CD
VCD1.1
Karaoke DVD
CD
VCD1.1VCD2.0
DVD
VCD1.1VCD2.0
DVD
CD
VCD1.1VCD2.0
DVD
CD
VCD1.1
DVD
DVD
OPERATION
1/12
1/3
1/3
Page 21
1-20
Operation with DVD, Video CD and Audio CD (Cont’d)
General Features (cont’d)
Repeat
DVD Video Discs - Repeat Chapter/Title/Off
1
To repeat the chapter currently playing, press REPEAT.
The Repeat Chapter icon appears on the TV screen.
2 To repeat the title currently playing, press REPEAT
two times.
The Repeat Title icon appears on the TV screen.
3
To cancel Repeat mode, press REPEAT repeatedly until
the Repeat Off icon appears on the TV screen.
Video CDs and Audio CDs - Repeat Track/Disc/All/Off
1 To repeat the track currently playing, press REPEAT.
The Repeat Track icon appears on the TV screen.
2 To repeat the disc currently playing, press REPEAT
two times.
The Repeat Disc icon appears on the TV screen.
3 To Repeat of entire all disc contents, press REPEAT
three times.
The Repeat All icon appears on the TV screen.
4
To cancel Repeat mode, press REPEAT repeatedly until
the Repeat Off icon appears on the TV screen.
Note
z On a Video CD with PBC, you must set PBC to Off on
the setup menu to use the Repeat function.
See page 14.
z If you press SKIP
.
twice or SKIP
>
during
Repeat Chapter/Track playback, the repeat playback
cancels.
Repeat A-B
To repeat a sequence in a title:
1 Press A-B RPT at your chosen starting point.
A- appears briefly on the TV screen.
2 Press A-B RPT again at your chosen end point.
A-B appears briefly on the TV screen, and the repeat sequence
begins (a-b repeat appears on the player’s display).
3 To cancel the sequence, press A-B RPT.
Note
If you press SKIP
.
or >during repeat A-B,
the A-B sequence are cleared.
Time Search
The Time Search function allows you to start playing at
any elapsed time location on the disc.
1 Press GUI DISPLAY during playback. The on-screen
display appears on the screen.
The Time Search box shows the elapsed playing time of the
current disc.
2 Within 10 seconds, press
3333/
4444to select the Time
Search icon in the on-screen display.
The “-:--:--” appears in the Time Search box.
3 Within 10 seconds, use the number buttons to enter
the required start time. Enter hours, minutes and seconds from left to right in the box.
If you enter the wrong numbers, press CLEAR to remove the
numbers you entered. Then enter the correct numbers.
4
Within 10 seconds, press ENTER to confirm the start time.
Playback starts from the selected time on the disc. If you enter
an invalid time, playback will continue from the current point.
Selecting the sound enhancement
Press E.A.M. to select the sound enhancement during
playback.
NORM. : Normal sound
3D SUR: This player can produce a 3D Surround effect, which
simulates multi-channel audio playback from two conventional
stereo speakers, instead of the five or more speakers normally
required to listen to multi-channel audio from a home theater
system.
DIALOGUE: Enhances critical center channel information to
make dialogue more intelligible (only when playing a DVD
video disc recorded on the Dolby Digital recording system).
• To use this enhancement on audio output from the
DIGITALAUDIO OUT jack, be sure to set “Digital Audio
Output” to “PCM”. See page 14.
Zoom
The Zoom function allows you to expand the video
image and to move the focus point of zoomed image.
1 Press ZOOM during playback or still playback to acti-
vate the Zoom function.
If you press ZOOM repeatedly, the magnification level
increases up to six times.
2 Use the
1111/
2222/
3333/
4444buttons to move the focus point off
the zoomed image.
3 Press CLEAR to resume normal playback or return to
the paused image.
Notes
z The zoom function may not work for some DVDs.
z The zoom function may not work on multi-angle
scenes.
VCD1.1VCD2.0
DVD
CDVCDDVD
DVD
CD
VCD1.1VCD2.0
DVD
CD
VCD1.1VCD2.0
DVD
CHAPT
TITLE
TRACK
DISC
A B
OFF
A *
ALL
OFF
0:16:57
-:--:--
NORM.
3D SUR
DIALOGUE
Page 22
1-21
OPERATION
Operation with DVD, Video CD and Audio CD (Cont’d)
General Features (cont’d)
Marker Search
You can start playback from a memorized point. Up to
nine points can be memorized.
To enter a mark, follow these steps.
1 During disc playback, press MARKER at the location
you want to memorize.
The Marker icon will appear on the TV screen briefly.
2
Repeat step 1 to enter up to nine Marker points on a disc.
To Recall a Marked Scene
1 During disc playback, press SEARCH.
The MARKER SEARCH menu will appear on the screen.
2 Within 10 seconds, press 1/2to select a Marker num-
ber that you want to recall.
3 Press ENTER.
Playback will start from the Marked scene.
4 To remove the MARKER SEARCH menu, press
SEARCH.
To clear a Marked Scene
1 During disc playback, press SEARCH.
The MARKER SEARCH menu will appear on the screen.
2 Press 1/2to select the Marker number that you want
to erase.
3 Press CLEAR.
The Marker number will be erased from the list.
4 Repeat steps 2 and 3 to erase additional Marker
numbers.
5
To remove the MARKER SEARCH menu, press SEARCH.
Note
All disc markers are cleared when the power is turned
off, the disc is removed, or DISC SKIP button is
pressed.
Special DVD Features
Checking the contents of DVD Video
discs: Menus
DVDs may contain menus that allow you to access special features. To access the disc menu, press MENU.
Then, press the appropriate number button to select an
option. Or, use the 1/2/3/4buttons to highlight your
selection, then press ENTER.
Title Menu
1 Press TOP MENU.
If the current title has a menu, that menu will appear on the
screen. Otherwise, the disc menu may appear.
2 The menu can list camera angles, spoken language
and subtitle options, and chapters for the title.
3 To remove the title menu, press TOP MENU again.
Disc Menu
1 Press MENU.
The disc menu is displayed.
2 To exit the disc menu, press MENU again.
Camera Angle
If the disc contains scenes recorded at different camera
angles, you can change to a different camera angle
during playback.
zz
Press ANGLE repeatedly during playback to select a
desired angle.
The number of the current angle appears on the display.
Changing the Audio Language
Press AUDIO repeatedly during playback to hear different
audio languages or audio tracks available on the disc.
Changing the Audio Channel
Press AUDIO repeatedly during playback to hear a different audio channel (STEREO, LEFT or RIGHT).
Subtitles
Press SUBTITLE repeatedly during playback to view
the different subtitle languages available on the disc.
Note
If appears, the feature is not available on the disc.
DVD
CDVCD
DVD
DVD
DVD
DVD
DVD
CD
VCD1.1VCD2.0
DVD
1/9
MARKER SEARCH
1 ENG
D
6 CH
1/1
STER.
LEFT
1 ENG
RIGHT
Page 23
1-22
Programmed Playback with Video CD and Audio CD
Programmed Playback with Video CD
and Audio CD
Note
On a Video CD with PBC, you must set PBC to Off on the
setup menu to use the Program function. See page 14.
11
Insert a Video CD or Audio CD and close the
tray.
22
Press PROGRAM while playback is stopped.
The Program menu will appear.
Note
Press PROGRAM or RETURN to exit the Program
menu.
33
Enter the disc number using the numerical keys
(1-5) and then press ENTER.
44
Enter the track number using the numerical
keys (0-9) and then press ENTER.
The next area is selected.
55
Repeat steps 3 to 4.
Up to 20 tracks can be programmed.
66
Press PLAY to exit the menu.
The selected tracks are stored in the player memory and
playback begins with the first programmed sequence.
77
After playback of all programmed tracks is completed, playback is stopped
Repeat Programmed Tracks/All
1 To repeat the track currently playing, press REPEAT.
The Repeat Track icon appears on the TV screen.
2 To repeat all tracks on the program list, press
REPEAT two times.
The Repeat All icon appears on the TV screen.
3
To cancel Repeat mode, press REPEAT repeatedly until
the Repeat Off icon appears on the TV screen.
Note
If you press SKIP
.
twice or SKIP
>
during
Repeat Track playback, the repeat playback cancels.
To resume normal playback from programmed
playback
Press PROGRAM until “PROG.” indicator disappears in
the display window.
Erasing a Track from Program List
1 Press PROGRAM while playback is stopped.
The Program menu will appear.
2 Use 1/2/3/4to select the track that you wish to erase
from the Program list.
3 Press CLEAR.
The track will be erased from the Program list.
Erasing the Complete Program List
1 Press PROGRAM while playback is stopped.
The Program menu will appear.
2 Use 1/2/3/4to select “Clear All”, then press ENTER.
The complete Program for the disc will be erased.
The programs are also cleared when the disc is removed.
Program
1
Step 1
Clear All
Page 24
1-23
OPERATION
Operation with MP3 Disc
Playing an MP3 disc
The DVD Player can play MP3 formatted recordings on
CD-ROM, CD-R or CD-RW discs.
Before playing MP3 recordings, read the notes on MP3
Recordings on right.
1
1
Insert a disc and close the tray.
The MP3/JPEG choice menu appears on the TV
screen.
22
Press
3333/
4444to select the MP3 then press ENTER.
The MP3 menu appears on the TV screen.
MP3 menu
33
Press
3333/
4444to select a track then press PLAY.
Playback starts.
During playback, the current track’s elapsed playing
time will appear on the display.
Playback will stop at the end of the disc.
Press TOP MENU to move to he next page.
Press MENU to move to the previous page.
44
To stop playback at any other time, press STOP.
Pause
1 Press PAUSE/STEP during playback.
2 To return to playback, press PLAY or press
PAUSE/STEP again.
Moving to another Track
zz
Press SKIP
.
or
>
once during playback to
advance to the next track or to return to the beginning
of the current track.
zz
Press SKIP
.
twice briefly to step back to the pre-
vious track.
Repeat Track/All/Off
1 To repeat the track currently playing, press REPEAT.
The Repeat Track icon appears on the menu screen.
2 To repeat all tracks on a disc, press REPEAT two
times.
The Repeat All icon appears on the menu screen.
3
To cancel Repeat mode, press REPEAT repeatedly until
the Repeat Off icon appears on the menu screen.
Note
z The REPEAT button is not available when the
mark appear. Press PROGRAM to disappear the
mark.
z If you press SKIP
.
twice or SKIP
>
during
Repeat Track playback, the repeat playback cancels.
Notes on MP3 Discs
About MP3
zz
An MP3 file is audio data compressed by using the
MPEG1 audio layer-3 file-coding scheme. We call
files that have the “.mp3” file extension “MP3 files”.
zz
The player can not read an MP3 file that has a file
extension other than “.mp3”.
zz
The player can not read a non MP3 encoded file that
has a file extension “.mp3”.
MP3 Disc compatibility with this player is limited as follows:
1. Sampling Frequency / only at 44.1kHz
2. Bit rate / within 32 - 320kbps
3. CD-R physical format should be “ISO 9660”
4. If you record MP3 files using the software which
cannot create a FILE SYSTEM, for example “DirectCD” etc., it is impossible to playback MP3 files. We
recommend that you use “Easy-CD Creator”, which
creates an ISO9660 file system.
5. A single session disc requires MP3 files in the first
track. If there is no MP3 file in the 1st track, it cannot playback MP3 files. If you wish to playback MP3
files, format all the data in the disc or use a new
one.
6. We do not recommend using CD-RW discs. Please
use finished CD-R discs only.
7. File names should be named using 8 letters or less
and must incorporate “.mp3” extension
e.g. “********.MP3”.
8. Do not use special letters such as “_?!><+*}{`[@
]:;\/.,” etc.
9. Total number of files on the disc should be less than
200.
10. Use 74 minute CD-R discs (650M), Do not use 80
minute CD-R (700M) software
This DVD player requires discs/recordings to meet
certain technical standards in order to achieve optimal
playback quality. Pre-recorded DVDs are automatically
set to these standards. There are many different types
of recordable disc formats (including CD-R containing
MP3 files). That require certain pre-existing conditions
(see above) to insure compatible playback.
Customers should also note that permission is
required in order to download MP3 files and music
from the Internet. TOSHIBA cannot grant such
permission. Permission should always be sought
from the copyright owner.
E
E
MP3
MP3
MP3
MP3
ProgramMP3
Clear All
TRACK 1.MP3
TRACK 2.MP3
TRACK 3.MP3
TRACK 4.MP3
TRACK 5.MP3
TRACK 6.MP3
TRACK 7.MP3
TRACK 8.MP3
56:35 1 OFF
MP3
JPEG
Page 25
1-24
Operation with JPEG Disc
Viewing a JPEG disc
This DVD Player can play discs with JPEG files on it.
Make sure the resolution of the JPEG files is less than
2 mega pixels (2M).
Notes
zz
Depending upon the size and number of the JPEG
files, it could take a long time for the DVD player to
read the disc’s contents. If you don’t see an onscreen display after several minutes, some of the files
are too big — reduce the resolution of the JPEG files
to less than 2 mega pixels and burn another disc.
zz
Total number of files on the disc should be less than
200.
zz
Some disc may be incompatible due to different
recording format or condition of disc.
1
1
Insert a disc and close the tray.
The MP3/JPEG choice menu appears on the TV
screen.
22
Press
3333/
4444to select the JPEG then press
ENTER.
The JPEG menu appears on the TV screen.
Press RETURN to move to the previous menu
(MP3/JPEG choice menu).
JPEG menu
33
If you want to view a particular file, press
3333/
4444to
highlight a file and press ENTER or PLAY.
Viewing the file proceeding starts.
During viewing a file, press GUI DISPLAY or
RETURN to move to the previous menu (JPEG
menu).
Press TOP MENU to move to the next page.
Press MENU to move to the previous page.
Tip
There are three viewing Slide Speed options: Fast,
Normal, and Slow. Press 1/2to highlight the Slide
Speed then press 3/4to select the option you want to
use, and press ENTER.
44
To stop viewing at any other time, press STOP.
The JPEG menu appears.
Moving to another File
zz
Press SKIP
.
or
>
once during viewing to
advance to the next file or to the previous file.
Repeat All/Off
1 To repeat all files on a disc, press REPEAT when
JPEG menu appears.
The Repeat All icon appears on the menu screen.
2 Press PLAY or ENTER to start repeat playback.
3 To cancel Repeat mode, first press STOP to stop
playback then press REPEAT when JPEG menu
appears.
The Repeat Off icon appears on the menu screen.
Note
The REPEAT button is not available when the mark
appear. Press PROGRAM to disappear the mark.
E
E
JPEG
ProgramJPEG
Clear All
Picture1.jpg
Picture2.jpg
Picture3.jpg
Picture4.jpg
Picture5.jpg
Picture6.jpg
Picture7.jpg
Picture8.jpg
1/31 OFF
Slide Speed Fast
MP3
JPEG
Page 26
1-25
OPERATION
Programmed Playback with MP3 or JPEG Disc
Programmed Playback with MP3 or
JPEG Disc
Program allows you to store your favorite tracks/files
(or files) for a particular disc in the player memory.
Program can contain 60 tracks/files.
11
Insert a disc and close the tray.
The MP3/JPEG choice menu appears on the TV
screen.
22
Press
3333/
4444to select the MP3 or JPEG then press
ENTER.
The MP3 or JPEG menu appears on the TV screen.
Press RETURN to move to the previous menu
(MP3/JPEG choice menu).
33
Press PROGRAM in the stop mode or during
playback (MP3 only) to enter the Program Edit
mode.
The mark will appear to the right of the word Program
on the right side of the menu screen.
Note
Press PROGRAM to exit the Program Edit mode;
the mark will disappear.
44
Press
3333/
4444to select a track/file then press
ENTER to place the selected track/file on the
Program list.
55
Repeat step 4 to place additional tracks/files on
the Program list.
MP3 menu JPEG menu
66
Press 2.
The programmed track/files you selected last is highlighted on the program list.
77
Press
3333/
4444to select the track/file you want to
start playing.
Press TOP MENU to move to the next page.
Press MENU to move to the previous page.
88
Press ENTER or PLAY to start.
Playback begins in the order in which you programmed the
tracks/files and “PROG.” appears in the display window.
Playback stops after playing the last programmed track/file
on the program list.
Note
The programmed tracks/files are cleared when the
power is turned off or the disc is removed.
Repeat Programmed Tracks/All/Off
1 To repeat the track currently playing, press REPEAT.
The Repeat Track icon appears on the menu screen.
2 To repeat all tracks on the program list, press
REPEAT two times.
The Repeat All icon appears on the menu screen.
3
To cancel Repeat mode, press REPEAT repeatedly until
the Repeat Off icon appears on the menu screen.
Note
If you press SKIP
.
twice or SKIP
>
during
Repeat Track playback, the repeat playback cancels.
Repeat Programmed All/Off
1 To repeat all files on the program list, press REPEAT
when JPEG menu appears.
The Repeat All icon appears on the menu screen.
2 Press PLAY or ENTER to start repeat playback.
3 To cancel Repeat mode, first press STOP to stop
playback then press REPEAT when JPEG menu
appears.
Note
The REPEAT button is not available when the mark
appear. Press PROGRAM to disappear the mark.
Erasing a Track/File from Program List
1 Press PROGRAM during playback or in the stop
mode to enter the Program Edit mode.
The mark will appear.
Note
JPEG can be programmed only in stop mode (when
menu screen is displayed.)
2 Press 2to move to the Program list.
3 Use
3333/
4444to select the track/file that you wish to erase
from the Program list.
4 Press CLEAR.
The track/file will be erased from the Program list.
Erasing the Complete Program List
1 Follow steps 1-2 of “Erasing a Track/File from
Program List” as above.
2 Use
3333/
4444to select “Clear All”, then press ENTER.
The complete Program for the disc will be erased.
The programs are also cleared when the disc is removed.
To resume normal playback from programmed
playback
Press and hold PROGRAM for 3 seconds until “PROG.”
indicator disappears in the display window.
JPEG
MP3
JPEGMP3
ProgramMP3
Clear All
TRACK 1.MP3
TRACK 2.MP3
TRACK 3.MP3
TRACK 4.MP3
TRACK 8.MP3
TRACK 2.MP3
TRACK 4.MP3
TRACK 3.MP3
TRACK 5.MP3
TRACK 6.MP3
TRACK 7.MP3
TRACK 8.MP3
56:35 1 OFF
E
ProgramJPEG
Clear All
Picture1.jpg Picture1.jpg
Picture8.jpg
Picture3.jpg
Picture6.jpg
Picture7.jpg
Picture2.jpg
Picture3.jpg
Picture4.jpg
Picture5.jpg
Picture6.jpg
Picture7.jpg
Picture8.jpg
1/31 OFF
Slide Speed Fast
E
MP3
JPEG
E
E
E
E
E
Page 27
1-26
Additional Information
Last Condition Memory
This player memorizes the last condition for the last
disc you have watched. Settings remain in memory
even if you remove the disc from the player or switch off
the player. If you load a disc that has its settings memorized, the latest stop position is automatically recalled.
Notes
– Settings are stored in memory for use any time.
– This player does not memorize settings of a disc if
you switch off the player before commencing playback.
Screen Saver
A screen saver image appears when you leave the DVD
Player in stop mode for about five minutes.
After the Screen Saver has been engaged for about five
minutes, the DVD Player will automatically turn itself off.
Video Mode Setting
zz
With certain discs, the playback picture may be flickering or Dot Crawl is shown on straight lines. That
means Vertical interpolation or De-interlace is not
perfectly matched with the disc. In this case, the
picture quality may be improved by changing the
video mode.
zz
To change the video mode, press and hold
GUI DISPLAY about 3 seconds during disc playback.
The new video mode number selected is displayed on
the TV screen. Check whether the video quality has
improved. If not, repeat the above procedure until picture quality is improved.
zz
Video mode sequence:
Video1 → Video2 → Film → Adapt → Auto.
zz
If you turn off the power, the video mode will return to
initial default state (Auto).
Detailed Description of each Video Mode
Auto : The source material of the DVD video (film material or
video material) is determined from disc information.
Video1 : Suitable for playing video based content with
comparatively little motion.
Video2 : Suitable for playing video based content with
comparatively more motion.
Film : Suitable for playing film based content or video based
material recorded by the progressive scan method.
Adapt : Determines the appropriate mode (film or video)
during disc playback, and automatically selects the proper
mode. Suitable for playing a disc comprised of film and
video based content.
VCD1.1VCD2.0
DVD
VCD1.1
CDDVD
Page 28
1-27
REFERENCE
Troubleshooting
Check the following guide for the possible cause of a problem before contacting service.
Symptom
No power.
The power is on, but
the DVD player does
not work.
No picture.
No sound.
The playback picture is
poor.
The DVD player does
not start playback.
The remote control
does not work properly.
Cause
z The power cord is disconnected.
z No disc is inserted.
z The TV is not set to receive DVD signal
output.
z The video cable is not connected
securely.
z The connected TV power is turned off.
z The equipment connected with the
audio cable is not set to receive DVD
signal output.
z The audio cables are not connected
securely.
z The power of the equipment connected
with the audio cable is turned off.
z The Digital Audio Output is set to the
wrong position.
z The disc is dirty.
z No disc is inserted.
z An unplayable disc is inserted.
z The disc is placed upside down.
z The disc is not placed within the guide.
z The disc is dirty.
z The Rating level is set.
z The remote control is not pointed at the
remote sensor of the DVD player.
z The remote control is too far from the
DVD player.
z There is an obstacle in the path of the
remote control and the DVD player.
z The batteries in the remote control are
exhausted.
Correction
z Plug the power cord into the wall outlet
securely.
z Insert a disc. (Check that the DVD or,
audio CD indicator in the display
window is lit.)
z Select the appropriate video input mode
on the TV so the picture from the DVD
player appears on the TV screen.
z Connect the video cable into the jacks
securely.
z Turn on the TV.
z Select the correct input mode of the
audio receiver so you can listen to the
sound from the DVD player.
z Connect the audio cable into the jacks
securely.
z Turn on the equipment connected with
the audio cable.
z Set the Digital Audio Output to the
correct position, then turn on the DVD
player again by pressing POWER.
z Clean the disc.
z Insert a disc. (Check that the DVD, or
audio CD indicator in the DVD display is
lit.)
z Insert a playable disc. (Check the disc
type, color system and Regional code.)
z Place the disc with the playback side
down.
z Place the disc on the disc tray correctly
inside the guide.
z Clean the disc.
z Cancel the Rating function or change
the rating level.
z Point the remote control at the remote
sensor of the DVD player.
z Operate the remote control within about
23 ft (7 m).
z Remove the obstacle.
z Replace the batteries with new ones.
Page 29
1-28
Language Code List
Code Language
6565 Afar
6566 Abkhazian
6570 Afrikaans
6577 Ameharic
6582 Arabic
6583 Assamese
6588 Aymara
6590 Azerbaijani
6665 Bashkir
6669 Byelorussian
6671 Bulgarian
6672 Bihari
6678 Bengali; Bangla
6679 Tibetan
6682 Breton
6765 Catalan
6779 Corsican
6783 Czech
6789 Welsh
6865 Danish
6869 German
6890 Bhutani
6976 Greek
6978 English
6979 Esperanto
6983 Spanish
6984 Estonian
6985 Basque
7065 Persian
7073 Finnish
7074 Fiji
Code Language
7079 Faroese
7082 French
7089 Frisian
7165 Irish
7168 Scots Gaelic
7176 Galician
7178 Guarani
7185 Gujarati
7265 Hausa
7273 Hindi
7282 Croatian
7285 Hungarian
7289 Armenian
7365 Interlingua
7378 Indonesian
7383 Icelandic
7384 Italian
7387 Hebrew
7465 Japanese
7473 Yiddish
7487 Javanese
7565 Georgian
7575 Kazakh
7576 Greenlandic
7577 Cambodian
7578 Kannada
7579 Korean
7583 Kashmiri
7585 Kurdish
7589 Kirghiz
7665 Latin
Code Language
7678 Lingala
7679 Laothian
7684 Lithuanian
7686 Latvian, Lettish
7771 Malagasy
7773 Maori
7775 Macedonian
7776 Malayalam
7778 Mongolian
7779 Moldavian
7782 Marathi
7783 Malay
7784 Maltese
7789 Burmese
7865 Nauru
7869 Nepali
7876 Dutch
7879 Norwegian
7982 Oriya
8065 Panjabi
8076 Polish
8083 Pashto, Pushto
8084 Portuguese
8185 Quechua
8277 Rhaeto-Romance
8279 Rumanian
8285 Russian
8365 Sanskrit
8368 Sindhi
8372 Serbo-Croatian
8373 Singhalese
Code Language
8375 Slovak
8376 Slovenian
8377 Samoan
8378 Shona
8379 Somali
8381 Albanian
8382 Serbian
8385 Sudanese
8386 Swedish
8387 Swahili
8465 Tamil
8469 Telugu
8471 Tajik
8472 Thai
8473 Tigrinya
8475 Turkmen
8476 Tagalog
8479 Tonga
8482 Turkish
8484 Tatar
8487 Twi
8575 Ukrainian
8582 Urdu
8590 Uzbek
8673 Vietnamese
8679 Volapük
8779 Wolof
8872 Xhosa
8979 Yoruba
9072 Chinese
9085 Zulu
Enter the appropriate code number for the initial settings “Disc Audio”, “Disc Subtitle” and/or “Disc Menu”
(See page 13).
Page 30
1-29
REFERENCE
Code Area
AD Andorra
AE United Arab Emirates
AF Afghanistan
AG Antigua and Barbuda
AI Anguilla
AL Albania
AM Armenia
AN Netherlands Antilles
AO Angola
AQ Antarctica
AR Argentina
AS American Samoa
AT Austria
AU Australia
AW Aruba
AZ Azerbaidjan
BA Bosnia-Herzegovina
BB Barbados
BD Bangladesh
BE Belgium
BF Burkina Faso
BG Bulgaria
BH Bahrain
BI Burundi
BJ Benin
BM Bermuda
BN Brunei Darussalam
BO Bolivia
BR Brazil
BS Bahamas
BT Bhutan
BV Bouvet Island
BW Botswana
BY Belarus
BZ Belize
CA Canada
CC Cocos (Keeling) Islands
CF Central African Republic
CG Congo
CH Switzerland
CI Ivory Coast
CK Cook Islands
CL Chile
CM Cameroon
CN China
CO Colombia
CR Costa Rica
CS Former Czechoslovakia
CU Cuba
CV Cape Verde
CX Christmas Island
CY Cyprus
CZ Czech Republic
DE Germany
DJ Djibouti
DK Denmark
DM Dominica
DO Dominican Republic
DZ Algeria
EC Ecuador
EE Estonia
EG Egypt
EH Western Sahara
Code Area
ER Eritrea
ES Spain
ET Ethiopia
FI Finland
FJ Fiji
FK Falkland Islands
FM Micronesia
FO Faroe Islands
FR France
FX France (European
Territory)
GA Gabon
GB Great Britain
GD Grenada
GE Georgia
GF French Guyana
GH Ghana
GI Gibraltar
GL Greenland
GM Gambia
GN Guinea
GP Guadeloupe (French)
GQ Equatorial Guinea
GR Greece
GS S. Georgia & S. Sandwich
Isls.
GT Guatemala
GU Guam (USA)
GW Guinea Bissau
GY Guyana
HK Hong Kong
HM Heard and McDonald
Islands
HN Honduras
HR Croatia
HT Haiti
HU Hungary
ID Indonesia
IE Ireland
IL Israel
IN India
IO British Indian Ocean
Territory
IQ Iraq
IR Iran
IS Iceland
IT Italy
JM Jamaica
JO Jordan
JP Japan
KE Kenya
KG Kyrgyzstan
KH Cambodia6
KI Kiribati
KM Comoros
KN
Saint Kitts & Nevis Anguilla
KP North Korea
KR South Korea
KW Kuwait
KY Cayman Islands
KZ Kazakhstan
LA Laos
LB Lebanon
Code Area
LC Saint Lucia
LI Liechtenstein
LK Sri Lanka
LR Liberia
LS Lesotho
LT Lithuania
LU Luxembourg
LV Latvia
LY Libya
MA Morocco
MC Monaco
MD Moldavia
MG Madagascar
MH Marshall Islands
MK Macedonia
ML Mali
MM Myanmar
MN Mongolia
MO Macau
MP Northern Mariana Islands
MQ Martinique (French)
MR Mauritania
MS Montserrat
MT Malta
MU Mauritius
MV Maldives
MW Malawi
MX Mexico
MY Malaysia
MZ Mozambique
NA Namibia
NC New Caledonia (French)
NE Niger
NF Norfolk Island
NG Nigeria
NI Nicaragua
NL Netherlands
NO Norway
NP Nepal
NR Nauru
NU Niue
NZ New Zealand
OM Oman
PA Panama
PE Peru
PF Polynesia (French)
PG Papua New Guinea
PH Philippines
PK Pakistan
PL Poland
PM Saint Pierre and Miquelon
PN Pitcairn Island
PR Puerto Rico
PT Portugal
PW Palau
PY Paraguay
QA Qatar
RE Reunion (French)
RO Romania
RU Russian Federation
RW Rwanda
SA Saudi Arabia
SB Solomon Islands
Code Area
SC Seychelles
SD Sudan
SE Sweden
SG Singapore
SH Saint Helena
SI Slovenia
SJ Svalbard and Jan Mayen
Islands
SK Slovak Republic
SL Sierra Leone
SM San Marino
SN Senegal
SO Somalia
SR Suriname
ST Saint Tome and Principe
SU Former USSR
SV El Salvador
SY Syria
SZ Swaziland
TC Turks and Caicos Islands
TD Chad
TF French Southern
Territories
TG Togo
TH Thailand
TJ Tadjikistan
TK Tokelau
TM Turkmenistan
TN Tunisia
TO Tonga
TP East Timor
TR Turkey
TT Trinidad and Tobago
TV Tuvalu
TW Taiwan
TZ Tanzania
UA Ukraine
UG Uganda
UK United Kingdom
UM USA Minor Outlying
Islands
US United States
UY Uruguay
UZ Uzbekistan
VA Vatican City State
VC Saint Vincent &
Grenadines
VE Venezuela
VG Virgin Islands (British)
VI Virgin Islands (USA)
VN Vietnam
VU Vanuatu
WF Wallis and Futuna Islands
WS Samoa
YE Yemen
YT Mayotte
YU Yugoslavia
ZA South Africa
ZM Zambia
ZR Zaire
ZW Zimbabwe
Area Code List
Enter the appropriate code number for the initial setting “Area Code” (See page 15).
Page 31
1-30
Specifications
General
Power requirements AC 120V , 60 Hz
Power consumption 14W
Dimensions (approx.) 430 X 79.9 X 410 mm (16.9 x 3.2 x 16.2 inches) (w x h x d)
Mass (approx.) 5.1 kg (12.3 lbs)
Operating temperature 5˚C to 35˚C (41˚F to 95˚F)
Operating humidity 5 % to 90 %
System
Laser Semiconductor laser, wavelength 650 nm
Signal system NTSC
Frequency response DVD (PCM 96 kHz): 8 Hz to 44 kHz
DVD (PCM 48 kHz): 8 Hz to 22 kHz
CD: 8 Hz to 20 kHz
Signal-to-noise ratio More than 100dB (ANALOG OUT connectors only)
Harmonic distortion Less than 0.008%
Dynamic range More than 100 dB (DVD)
More than 95 dB (CD)
Outputs
VIDEO OUT 1 Vp-p 75 ohms, sync negative, RCA jack x 1
S-VIDEO OUT (Y) 1.0 V (p-p), 75 Ω, negative sync., Mini DIN 4-pin x 1
(C) 0.3 V (p-p) 75 ohms
COMPONENT VIDEO OUT (Y) 1.0 V (p-p), 75 Ω, negative sync., RCA jack x 1
(Pb)/(Pr) 0.7 V (p-p), 75 Ω, RCA jack x 2
Audio output (digital audio) 0.5 V (p-p), 75 Ω, RCA jack x 1
Audio output (optical audio) 5 V (p-p), 75 Ω, Optical connector x 1
Audio output (analog audio) 2.0 Vrms (1 KHz, 0 dB), 330 Ω, RCA jack (L, R) x 2
Accessory
Video cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
Audio cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
Remote control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
Batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
zz
Design and specifications are subject to change without notice.
Manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories. “Dolby” and the double-D symbol are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories.
Confidential unpublished works. Copyright 1992-1997 Dolby Laboratories. All rights reserved.
“DTS” and “DTS Digital Out” are trademarks of Digital Theater Systems, Inc.
Page 32
1-31
OTHERS
Toshiba America Consumer Products, Inc. (“TACP”), Toshiba Hawaii (“THI”) and Toshiba Canada Limited (“TCL”) make the following limited warranties. These limited warranties extend to original purchaser or any person receiving this set as a gift from the original purchaser and to no other purchaser or transferee.
Limited Ninety (90) Day Warranty
TACP/THI warrant this product against defects in materials or
workmanship for a period of ninety (90) days after the date of
original retail purchase. During this period, TACP/ THI will
repair or replace a defective product or part, at their option,
with a new or refurbished product or part without charge to
you. You must deliver the entire product to a TACP/THI
Authorized Service Station. You are responsible for all transportation and insurance charges for the unit to and from the
Authorized Service Station. If you live in the
U.S.A. you may, at your option, return your DVD Unit to:
Toshiba America Consumer Products Inc.
Returns Center
1420C Toshiba Dr.
Lebanon, TN 37087
Upon receipt we will, at our option, exchange the DVD Unit
with a new or refurbished unit. Canadian consumers are
requested to contact TCL. In Hawaii consumers are
requested to contact THI.
Limited One (1) Year Warranty
TACP/THI further warrant the parts in this product against
defects in materials or workmanship for a period of one (1)
year after the date of original retail purchase. During this period, TACP/THI will repair or replace a defective product or part,
at their option, with a new or refurbished product or part without charge to you, except that if a defective part is replaced
after ninety (90) days from the date of the original retail purchase you pay labor charges involved in the replacement. You
must also deliver the entire product to a TACP/THI Authorized
Service Station. You are responsible for all transportation and
insurance charges for the unit to and from the Authorized
Service Station. If you live in the U.S.A. you may, at your
option, return your DVD Unit to:
Toshiba America Consumer Products Inc.
Returns Center
1420C Toshiba Dr.
Lebanon, TN 37087
Upon receipt we will, at our option, exchange the DVD Unit
with a new or refurbished unit. Canadian Consumers are
requested to contact TCL. In Hawaii consumers are
requested to contact THI.
Rental Units
The warranty for rental units begin with the first rental or thirty
(30) days from the date of shipment to the rental firm, whichever comes first.
Commercial Units
Products sold and used for commercial use have a limited
ninety (90) day warranty for all parts and labor.
Owner’s Manual
You should read the owner’s manual thoroughly before operating this product. You should complete and mail the enclosed
Demographic card within ten (10) days after you, or the person
who has given you this product as a gift, purchased this product. This is one way to enable TACP to provide you with better
customer service and improved products. Failure to return the
card will not affect your rights under this warranty.
Your Responsibility
The above warranties are subject to the following conditions:
(1) You must retain your bill of sale or provide other proof of
purchase.
(2) You must notify a TACP/THI/TCL /Authorized Service
Station within thirty (30) days after you discover a defective
product or part.
(3) All warranty servicing of this product must be made by a
TACP/THI/TCLAuthorized Service Station.
(4) U.S.A. warranties are effective only if the product is pur-
chased and operated in the Continental U.S.A. or Puerto
Rico.
(5) Labor service charges for set installation. Set up, adjust-
ment of customer controls and installation or repair of
antenna systems are not covered by this warranty.
Reception problems caused by inadequate antenna systems are your responsibility.
(6) Warranties extend only to defects in materials or workman-
ship as limited above and do not extend to any product or
parts which have been lost or discarded by you or to damage to products or parts caused by misuse, accident, damage caused by Acts of God, such as lighting or fluctuations
in electric power, improper installation, improper maintenance or use in violation of instructions furnished by us; or
to units which have been altered or modified without authorization of TACP/THI/TCL or to damage to products or part
thereof which have had the serial number removed,
altered, defaced or rendered illegible.
(7) Should you elect to return your DVD Unit to TACP after the
ninety (90) days and within one (1) year, or after the warranty period has expired: Call (800)-631-3811 to receive
information concerning an exchange price. Payment must
be enclosed with product in the form of a certified check or
money order including reason for return.
(8) Physically damaged DVD Units are not acceptable for
repair or exchange whether in or out of warranty and will
be returned as received.
(Continued)
LIMITED WARRANTY DVD VIDEO PLAYER
Page 33
1-32
How to Obtain Warranty Service
(1) Refer to the troubleshooting guide in your owner’s manual. This check list may solve your problem.
(2) In the U.S.A., only call the TACP toll free number 800-631-3811, or if in Hawaii or Canada see listing below within (30) days
after you find a defective product or part.
(3) Arrange for the delivery of the product to the TACP/THI/TCL Authorized Service Station or TACP Return Center. Products
shipped to the Service Station must be insured and safely and securely packed, preferably in the original shipping carton,
and a letter explaining the defect and also a copy of the bill of sale or other proof of purchase must be enclosed.
ATTENTION CANADIAN CONSUMERS:
Canadian consumers are requested to complete the special Canadian “Warranty Registration Form” enclosed, and forward this
completed form with a copy of bill of sale to TOSHIBA OF CANADA to “Register and Validate” their warranty. Product must be
purchased from an Authorized Canadian Dealer. Products purchased in the U.S.A. and used in Canada are not covered by
these warranties.
All warranties implied by state law, including the implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose, are
expressly limited to the duration of the limited warranties set forth above. With the exception of any warranties implied by state law
as hereby limited, the foregoing warranty is exclusive and in lieu of all other warranties, guarantees, agreements and similar obligations of manufacturer or seller with respect to the repair or replacement of any parts. In no event shall TACP/THI be liable for
consequential or incidental damages.
No person, agent, distributor, dealer or company is authorized to change, modify or extend the terms of these warranties in any
manner whatsoever. The time within which an action must be commenced to enforce any obligation of TACP/THI arising under the
warranty or under any statute, or law of the United States or any state thereof, is hereby limited to ninety (90) days from the date
you discover or should have discovered, the defect. This limitation does not apply to implied warranties arising under state law.
This warranty gives you specific legal rights and you may also have other rights which may vary from state to state. Some states
do not allow limitation on how long an implied warranty lasts, when an action may be brought, or the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages, so the above provisions may not apply to you.
IMPORTANT: PACKING AND SHIPPING INSTRUCTION
When you send the product to a Service Station, you must use the original carton box and packing material, then insert the
original carton box containing the unit into another carton using more packing material.
In the Continental United States contact: In Hawaii contact:
Toshiba Hawaii Inc.
327 Kamakee Street
Honolulu, HA 96814
(808)-521-5377
In Canada contact:
Consumer Electronics Group
191 McNabb Street
Markham, Ontario L3R 8H2
(905)-470-5400
Consumer Electronics Group
1643 North Service Road
Droval, QC H9P 1J1
(514)-856-4100
Consumer Electronics Group
22171 Fraserwood Way
Richmond, B.C. V6W 1J5
(604)-303-2500
Toll Free
800-631-3811
LIMITED WARRANTY DVD VIDEO PLAYER (Continued)
Page 34
1-33
DVD PLAYER
OWNER’S MANUAL
MODEL : SD-3815
Before connecting, operating or adjusting this product,
please read this instruction booklet carefully and completely.
Page 35
1-34
Safety Precautions
This lightning flash with arrowhead symbol within an
equilateral triangle is intended to alert the user to
the presence of uninsulated dangerous voltage
within the product’s enclosure that may be of
sufficient magnitude to constitute a risk of electric
shock to persons.
The exclamation point within an equilateral triangle
is intended to alert the user to the presence of
important operating and maintenance (servicing)
instructions in the literature accompanying the
appliance.
WARNING: Do not install this equipment in a confined space
such as a bookcase or similar unit.
CAUTION:
This Digital Video Disc Player employs a Laser System.
To ensure proper use of this product, please read this owner’s
manual carefully and retain for future reference, should the unit
require maintenance, contact an authorized service locationsee service procedure.
Use of controls, adjustments or the performance of procedures
other than those specified herein may result in hazardous
radiation exposure.
To prevent direct exposure to laser beam, do not try to open
the enclosure. Visible laser radiation when open. DO NOT
STARE INTO BEAM.
CAUTION: The apparatus shall not be exposed to water,
dripping or splashing and that no objects filled with liquids,
such as vases, shall be placed on the apparatus.
FCC WARNING: This equipment may generate or use radio
frequency energy. Changes or modifications to this
equipment may cause harmful interference unless the modifications are expressly approved in the instruction manual. The
user could lose the authority to operate this equipment if an
unauthorized change or modification is made.
REGULATORY INFORMATION: FCC Part 15
This product has been tested and found to comply with the
limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the
FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable
protection against harmful interference when the product is
operated in a residential installation. This product generates,
uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not
installed and used in accordance with the instruction manual,
may cause harmful interference to radio communications.
However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur
in a particular installation. If this product does cause harmful
interference to radio or television reception, which can be
determined by turning the product off and on, the user is
encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more
of the following measures:
z Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
z Increase the separation between the product and
receiver.
z Connect the product into an outlet on a circuit different
from that to which the receiver is connected.
z Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician
for help.
Notes on copyrights:
It is forbidden by law to copy, broadcast, show, broadcast
via cable, play in public, or rent copyright material without
permission.
This product is equipped with copy protection measures
developed by Macrovision. Copy protection signals are recorded on some discs. When recording these discs on a VCR,
picture noise will appear during playback.
This product incorporates copyright protection technology that
is protected by certain U.S. patent claims and other intellectual
property rights owned by Macrovision Corporation and other
rights owners. Use of this copyright protection technology must
be authorized by Macrovision Corporation, and is intended for
home and other limited viewing uses only unless otherwise
authorized by Macrovision Corporation. Reverse engineering
or disassembly is prohibited.
SERIAL NUMBER: The serial number is found on the back of
this unit. This number is unique to this unit and not available to
others. You should record requested information here and
retain this guide as a permanent record of your purchase.
Model No. ___________________________________
Serial No. ___________________________________
CAUTION: TO PREVENT ELECTRIC SHOCK, MATCH
WIDE BLADE OF PLUG TO WIDE SLOT, FULLY INSERT.
ATTENTION: POUR ÉVITER LES CHOC ÉLECTRIQUES,
INTRODUIRE LA LAME LA PLUS LARGE DE LA FICHE
DANS LA BORNE CORRESPONDANTE DE LA PRISE ET
POUSSER JUSQU’AU FOND.
WARNING: TO REDUCE THE RISK OF FIRE OR ELECTRIC SHOCK, DO NOT EXPOSE THIS PRODUCT TO
RAIN OR MOISTURE.
CAUTION
RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK
DO NOT OPEN
CAUTION: TO REDUCE THE RISK
OF ELECTRIC SHOCK
DO NOT REMOVE COVER (OR BACK)
NO USER-SERVICEABLE PARTS INSIDE
REFER SERVICING TO QUALIFIED SERVICE
PERSONNEL.
Page 36
1-35
INTRODUCTION
IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS
CAUTION: PLEASE READ AND OBSERVE ALL WARNINGS AND
INSTRUCTIONS IN THIS OWNER’S MANUAL AND THOSE
MARKED ON THE UNIT. RETAIN THIS BOOKLET FOR
FUTURE REFERENCE.
This set has been designed and manufactured to assure personal safety.
Improper use can result in electric shock or fire hazard. The safeguards
incorporated in this unit will protect you if you observe the following procedures for installation, use, and servicing.
This unit does not contain any parts that can be repaired by the user.
DO NOT REMOVE THE CABINET COVER, OR YOU MAY BE
EXPOSED TO DANGEROUS VOLTAGE. REFER SERVICING TO
QUALIFIED SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY.
1. Read These Instructions
All safety and operating instructions should be read before the
product is operated.
2. Follow All Instructions
All operating and use instructions should be followed.
3. Keep These Instructions
The safety and operating instructions should be retained for future
reference.
4. Heed All Warnings
All warnings on the product and in the operating instructions should
be adhered to.
5. Power Sources
This product should be operated only from the type of power
source indicated on the marking label. If you are not sure of the
type of power supply in your home, consult your product dealer or
local power company. For products intended to operate from bat-
tery power, or other sources, refer to the operating instructions.
6. Grounding or Polarization
Do not defeat the safety purpose of the polarized plug has two
blades with one wider than the other. A grounding-type plug has
two blades and a third grounding prong. The wide blade or the
prong are provided for your safety. If the provided plug does not fit
into your outlet, consult an electrician for replacement of the obso-
lete outlet.
7. Ventilation
Slots and openings in the cabinet are provided for ventilation and to
ensure reliable operation of the product and to protect it from over-
heating. These openings must not be blocked or covered. The open-
ings should never be blocked by placing the product on a bed, sofa,
rug or other similar surface. This product should not be placed in a
built-in installation such as a bookcase or rack unless proper ventila-
tion is provided or the manufacturer’s instructions have been adhered
to.
8. Heat
Do not install near any heat sources such as radiators, heat regis-
ters, stoves, or other apparatus (including amplifiers) that produce
heat.
9. Water and Moisture
Do not use this apparatus near water. For example: near a bath
tub, wash bowl, kitchen sink, Laundry tub, in a wet basement; or
near a swimming pool.
10. Cleaning
Unplug this product from the wall outlet before cleaning. Do not use
liquid cleaners or aerosol cleaners. Clean only with dry cloth.
11. Power-Cord Protection
Protect the power cord from being walked on or pinched particularly
at plugs, convenience receptacles, and the point where they exit
from the apparatus.
12. Overloading
Do not overload wall outlets, extension cords, or integral conve-
nience receptacles, this can result in a risk of fire or electric shock.
13. Lightning
Unplug this apparatus apparatus during lightning storms or when
unused for long periods of time. This will prevent damage to the
product due to lightning and power-line surges.
14. Object and Liquid Entry
Never push objects of any kind into this product through openings
as they may touch dangerous voltage points or short-out parts that
could result in a fire or electric shock. Never spill liquid of any kind
on the product.
15. Attachments
Only use attachments/accessories specified by the manufacturer.
16. Accessories
Use only with the cart, stand, tripod, bracket, or
table specified by the manufacturer or sold with
the apparatus. When a cart is used, use caution
when moving the cart/apparatus combination to
avoid injury from tip-over.
17. Disc Tray
Keep your fingers well clear of the disc tray as it is closing. It can
cause personal injury.
18. Burden
Do not place a heavy object on or step on the product. The object
may fall, causing serious personal injury and serious damage to the
product.
19. Connecting
When you connect the product to other equipment, turn off the
power and unplug all of the equipment from the wall outlet. Failure
to do so may cause an electric shock and serious personal injury.
Read the owner’s manual of the other equipment carefully and follow the instructions when making any connections.
20. Sound Volume
Reduce the volume to the minimum level before you turn on the
product. Otherwise, sudden high volume sound may cause hearing
or speaker damage.
21. Sound Distortion
Do not allow the product to output distorted sound for a longtime. It
may cause speaker overheating and fire.
22. Earphone
When you use the earphone, keep the volume at a moderate level.
If you use the earphone continuously with high volume sound, it
may cause hearing damage.
23. Laser Beam
Do not look into the opening of the disc tray or ventilation opening
of the product to see the source of the laser beam. It may cause
sight damage.
24. Disc
Do not use a cracked, deformed, or repaired disc. These discs are
easily broken and may cause serious personal injury and product
malfunction.
25. Damage Requiring Service
Refer all servicing to qualified service personnel. Servicing
is required when the apparatus has been damaged in any
way, such as power-supply cord or plug is damaged, liquid
has been spilled or objects have fallen into the apparatus,
the apparatus has been exposed to rain or moisture, does
not operate normal, or has been dropped.
26. Servicing
Do not attempt to service this product yourself as opening or
removing the cover may expose you to dangerous voltage or other
hazards. Refer all servicing to qualified service personnel.
27. Replacement parts
When replacement parts are required, be sure the service technician has used replacement parts specified by the manufacturer or
have the same characteristics as the original part. Unauthorized
substitutions may result in fire, electric shock, or other hazards.
28. Safety Check
Upon completion of any service or repairs to this product, ask the
service technician to perform safety checks to determine that the
product is in proper operating condition.
PORTABLE CART
WARNING
Page 37
1-36
Table of Contents
Introduction
Safety Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . 3
Table of Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Before Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
Playable Discs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Notes on Discs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
About Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Front Panel and Display Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Remote Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Rear Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Preparation
Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-11
Connecting to a TV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Connecting to Optional Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Before Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-15
General Explanation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
On-Screen Display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Initial Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-15
z
Initial Settings General Operation. . . . . . . . . 13
z
Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
z
Picture. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
z
Sound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
z
Others . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
z
Parental Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Operation
Operation with DVD, Video CD and Audio CD. 16-19
Playing a DVD, Video CD and Audio CD . . . . . . 16
z
Exchanging discs during playback . . . . . . . . 16
z
Skipping discs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
z
Exchanging the disc and starting playback. . 16
General Features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
z
Moving to another TITLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
z
Moving to another CHAPTER/TRACK . . . . . 17
z
Still Picture and Frame-by-Frame Playback . 17
z
Pause . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
z
Slow Motion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
z
Search. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
z
Random . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
z
Repeat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
z
Repeat A-B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
z
Time Search . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
z
Selecting the sound enhancement . . . . . . . 18
z
Zoom. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
z
Marker Search. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Special DVD Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
z
Title Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
z
Disc Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
z
Camera Angle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
z
Changing the Audio Language. . . . . . . . . . . 19
z
Changing the Audio Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
z
Subtitles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Programmed Playback with Video CD
and Audio CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Programmed Playback with Video CD
and Audio CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
z
Repeat Programmed Tracks/All . . . . . . . . . . 20
z
Erasing a Track from Program List. . . . . . . . 20
z
Erasing the Complete Program List . . . . . . . 20
Operation with MP3 Disc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Playing an MP3 Disc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
z
Pause . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
z
Moving to another Track . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
z
Repeat Track/All/Off. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Notes on MP3 Discs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Operation with JPEG Disc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Viewing a JPEG disc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
z
Moving to another File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
z
Repeat All/Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Programmed Playback with MP3 or JPEG Disc . . 23
Programmed Playback with MP3 or JPEG Disc . 23
z
Repeat Programmed Tracks/All/Off . . . . . . . 23
z
Repeat Programmed All/Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
z
Erasing a Track/File from Program List. . . . . 23
z
Erasing the Complete Program List . . . . . . . 23
Additional Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Last Condition Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Screen Saver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Video Mode Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Reference
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Language Code List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Area Code List. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Others
LIMITED WARRANTY DVD VIDEO PLAYER . . . 29-30
About the symbols for instructions
Indicates hazards likely to cause harm to the unit
itself or other material damage.
Indicates special operating features of this unit.
Indicates tips and hints for making the task easier.
Page 38
1-37
INTRODUCTION
Before Use
Playable Discs
DVD Video
(8 cm / 12 cm disc)
Video CD (VCD)
(8 cm / 12 cm disc)
Audio CD
(8 cm / 12 cm disc)
In addition, this unit can play a DVD-R, CD-R or
CD-RW that contains audio titles, MP3 or JPEG files.
Notes
– Depending on the conditions of the recording equip-
ment or the CD-R/RW disc itself, some CD-R/RW
discs cannot be played on this unit.
– This unit cannot play CD-R/RW discs that do not con-
tain any data, or contain different kinds of formatted
data other than MP3 and CD-DA data.
– Do not attach any seal or label to either side (the
labeled side or the recorded side) of a disc.
– Do not use irregularly shaped CDs (e.g., heart-
shaped or octagonal). It may result in malfunctions.
Notes on DVDs and Video CDs
Some playback operations of DVDs and Video CDs
may be intentionally fixed by software manufacturers.
As this unit plays DVDs and Video CDs according to
disc content designed by the software manufacturer,
some playback features of the unit may not be available, or other functions may be added.
Refer also to the instructions supplied with the DVDs
and Video CDs. Some DVDs made for business purposes may not be playable on this unit.
Regional code of the DVD player and DVDs
This DVD player is designed and manufactured
for playback of region “1” encoded DVD software. The region code on the labels of some DVD discs
indicates which type of player can play those discs. This
unit can play only DVD discs labeled “1” or “ALL”. If you
try to play any other discs, the message “Check Regional
Code” will appear on the TV screen. Some DVD discs
may not have a region code label even though their
playback is prohibited by area limits.
Note on DTS-encoded CDs
To avoid possible damage to the audio system, turn
down the volume before playing back such discs. Adjust
the volume gradually to personal preference. To enjoy
DTS Digital Surround
TM
playback, an external 5.1 channel DTS Digital SurroundTMdecoder system must be
connected to the digital output of the player.
Disc-related terms
Title (DVD only)
The main film content or accompanying feature content
or additional feature content, or music album.
Each title is assigned a title reference number enabling
you to locate it easily.
Chapter (DVD only)
Sections of a picture or a musical piece that are smaller
than titles.
A title is composed of one or several chapters. Each
chapter is assigned a chapter number, enabling you to
locate the chapter you want. Chapter numbers may not
be recorded on all discs.
Track (Video CD and audio CD only)
Sections of a picture or a musical piece on a video CD
or an audio CD. Each track is assigned a track number,
enabling you to locate the track you want.
Scene
On a video CD with PBC (Playback control) functions,
moving pictures and still pictures are divided into sections called “Scenes”. Each scene is displayed in the
menu screen and assigned a scene number, enabling
you to locate the scene you want.
A scene is composed of one or several tracks.
Types of video CDs
There are two types of video CDs:
Video CDs equipped with PBC (Version 2.0)
PBC (Playback control) functions allow you to interact
with the system via menus, search functions, or other
typical computer-like operations. Moreover, still pictures
of high resolution can be played if they are included in
the disc.
Video CDs not equipped with PBC (Version 1.1)
Operated in the same way as audio CDs, these discs
allow playback of video pictures as well as sound, but
they are not equipped with PBC.
1
Page 39
1-38
Before Use (Cont’d)
Precautions
Handling the unit
When shipping the unit
The original shipping carton and packing materials
come in handy. For maximum protection, re-pack the
unit as it was originally packed at the factory.
When setting up the unit
The picture and sound of a nearby TV, VCR, or radio
may be distorted during playback. In this case, position
the unit away from the TV, VCR, or radio, and turn off
the unit after removing the disc.
To keep the exterior surfaces clean
Do not use volatile liquids, such as insecticide spray,
near the unit. Do not allow rubber or plastic products to
contact the unit for a long period of time. They will leave
marks on the surface.
To move the unit
When you move the player, take out any discs. If you
don’t, the discs may be damaged or drop into the internal workings of the DVD player.
Cleaning the unit
To clean the cabinet
Use a soft, dry cloth. If the surfaces are extremely dirty,
use a soft cloth lightly moistened with a mild detergent
solution. Do not use strong solvents, such as alcohol,
benzine, or thinner, as these might damage the surface
of the unit.
To obtain a clear picture
The DVD player is a high-tech, precision device. If the
optical pick-up lens and disc drive parts are dirty or
worn down, the picture quality will be poor.
Regular inspection and maintenance are recommended
after every 1,000 hours of use. (This depends on the
operating environment.)
For details, please contact your nearest dealer.
Notes on Discs
Handling discs
Do not touch the playback side of the disc.
Hold the disc by the edges so that fingerprints will not
get on the surface.
Do not stick paper or tape on the disc.
Storing discs
After playing, store the disc in its case.
Do not expose the disc to direct sunlight or sources of
heat, or leave it in a parked car exposed to direct sunlight, as there may be a considerable temperature buildup inside the car.
Cleaning discs
Fingerprints and dust on the disc can cause poor picture quality and sound distortion. Before playing, clean
the disc with a clean cloth. Wipe the disc from the center out.
Do not use strong solvents such as alcohol, benzine,
thinner, commercially available cleaners, or anti-static
spray intended for older vinyl records.
About Symbols
About the symbol display
“ ” may appear on the TV screen during operation.
This icon means the function explained in this owner’s
manual is not available on that specific DVD video disc.
About the disc symbols for instructions
When a section in this manual includes the following
icons, the data provided herein is applicable only to the
software represented by that icon.
DVD
Video CDs with the PBC (playback control)
function.
Video CDs without the PBC (playback control)
function.
Audio CDs.
MP3 disc.
JPEG disc.
JPEG
MP3
CD
VCD1.1
VCD2.0
DVD
Page 40
1-39
INTRODUCTION
Front Panel and Display Window
Forward Skip ( >)
Advances to NEXT chapter/track.
Press and hold for two seconds for
fast forward search.
DISC CHANGE
Changes a disc (other than the one playing)
during playback
ENTER
Confirms menu selection.
Reverse Skip ( .)
Returns to beginning of current
chapter/track or to PREVIOUS
chapter/track.
Press and hold for two seconds
for fast reverse search.
STOP ( x)
Stops playback.
PAUSE ( X)
Pauses playback temporarily /
press repeatedly for frame-by-
frame playback.
PLAY ( N)
Starts playback.
OPEN/CLOSE ( Z)
Opens or closes the disc tray.
ON/STANDBY indicator
Lights red when the player is in Standby mode (off).
RANDOM
Plays tracks in random order.
Remote Sensor
Point the DVD Player remote control here.
Display window
Shows the current status of the player.
Indicates current player function:
Playback, Pause, etc.
A light will appear if a disc is in the disc
tray. The current disc tray flashes.
ANGLE Lights when multi angles
are present.
DVD inserted
CD Audio CD inserted
VCD Video CD inserted
MP3 MP3 disc inserted
TITLE Indicates current title number
CHP/TRK Indicates current chapter or track number
Indicates total playing time/elapsed time
PROG. Programmed playback active
RANDOM RANDOM play-
back active
Indicates repeat
mode
Disc Tray
Insert a disc here.
ON/STANDBY
Switches the player ON and OFF.
MENU
Accesses menu on a DVD disc.
DISC SKIP
Moves to the next available disc tray.
1111222233334444(left/right/up/down)
Selects an item in the menu.
DVD
VCDMP3
DVD
CD
1 2 3 4 5
TITLE
CHP/TRK
PROG.
RANDOM ALL
AB
Page 41
1-40
Remote Control
Remote Control Operation Range
Point the remote control at the remote sensor and press
the buttons.
zz
Distance: About 23 ft (7 m) from the front of the
remote sensor
zz
Angle: About 30° in each direction of the front of the
remote sensor
Remote control battery installation
Detach the battery cover on the rear of
the remote control, and insert two R03
(size AAA) batteries with and
aligned correctly.
Caution
Do not mix old and new batteries. Never mix different
types of batteries (standard, alkaline, etc.).
OPEN/CLOSE ( Z)
Opens and closes the disc tray.
GUI DISPLAY
Accesses on-screen display
SETUP
Accesses or closes setup menu.
TOP MENU
Displays the Title menu of the disc if
available.
1111222233334444(left/right/up/down)
Selects an item in the menu.
CLEAR
Removes a track number on the
program menu or a mark on the
MARKER SEARCH menu.
PAUSE/STEP ( X/ C) •
Pauses playback temporarily / press
repeatedly for frame-by-frame
playback.
STOP ( x) •
Stops playback.
Forward SKIP ( >) •
Advances to next chapter or track.
Reverse SKIP (
.
) •
Returns to beginning of current
chapter or track or go to previous
chapter or track.
ANGLE •
Selects a DVD camera angle if
available
SUBTITLE •
Selects a subtitle language.
AUDIO •
Selects an audio language (DVD) or
an audio channel (CD).
FL DIM •
Controls the Display Window’s light.
POWER
Switches DVD Player ON and OFF.
ZOOM
Enlarges video image.
E.A.M.
Selects sound mode during disc
playback.
MENU
Accesses menu on a DVD disc.
ENTER
Confirms menu selection.
RETURN
- Removes the setup menu.
- Displays the menu of a video CD
with PBC.
• Reverse SCAN ( m)
Search backward.
• PLAY ( N)
Starts playback.
• Forward SCAN ( M)
Search forward.
PROGRAM
Accesses or removes Program
menu.
SEARCH
Displays MARKER SEARCH menu.
0-9 number buttons
Selects numbered items in a menu.
• Reverse SLOW ( t)
Reverse slow playback.
• Forward SLOW ( T)
Forward slow playback.
• DISC SKIP
Moves to the next available disc tray.
• RANDOM
Plays tracks in random order.
• MARKER
Marks any point during playback.
• REPEAT
Repeat chapter, track, title, all.
• A-B RPT
Repeat sequence.
AAA
AAA
Page 42
1-41
INTRODUCTION
Rear Panel
Do not touch the inner pins of the jacks on the rear
panel. Electrostatic discharge may cause permanent
damage to the unit.
COAXIAL (Digital audio out jack)
Connect to digital (coaxial) audio equipment.
VIDEO OUTPUT Switch
Select either S-VIDEO or COMPONENT/PROGRESSIVE SCAN,
depending on how you connect DVD Player to the TV.
OPTICAL (Digital audio out jack)
Connect to digital (optical) audio equipment.
COMPONENT/PROGRESSIVE SCAN VIDEO OUT (Y Pb Pr)
Connect to a TV with Y Pb Pr inputs.
ANALOG AUDIO OUT (Left/Right) 1, 2
Connect to an amplifier, receiver or stereo system.
VIDEO OUT
Connect to a TV with video inputs.
AC Power Cord
Plug into the power source.
S-VIDEO OUT
Connect to a TV with S-Video inputs.
Page 43
1-42
Connections
Tips
zz
Depending on your TV and other equipment you wish
to connect, there are various ways you could connect
the player. Use only one of the connections
described below.
zz
Please refer to the manuals of your TV, VCR, Stereo
System or other devices as necessary to make the
best connections.
zz
For better sound reproduction, connect the player’s
AUDIO OUT jacks to the audio in jacks of your
amplifier, receiver, stereo or audio/video equipment.
See “Connecting to optional equipment” on page 11.
Caution
–
Make sure the DVD Player is connected directly to the
TV. Select the TV to the corresponding video input.
– Do not connect the DVD Player’s AUDIO OUT jack to
the phono in jack (Turntable) of your audio system.
– Do not connect your DVD Player via your VCR. The
DVD image could be distorted by the copy protection
system.
Connecting to a TV
zz
Make one of the following connections, depending on
the capabilities of your existing equipment.
zz
When using the COMPONENT VIDEO OUT/
PROGRESSIVE SCAN jacks, set the VIDEO
OUTPUT switch to COMPONENT/PROGRESSIVE.
When using the S-VIDEO OUT jack, set the VIDEO
OUTPUT switch to S-VIDEO.
Video connection (Good)
11
Connect the VIDEO OUT jack on the DVD Player to
the video in jack on the TV using the video cable
supplied (V).
22
Connect the Left and Right AUDIO OUT jacks of
the DVD Player to the audio left/right in jacks on the
TV (A) using the supplied audio cables.
S-Video connection (Better)
11
Connect the S-VIDEO OUT jack on the DVD Player
to the S-Video in jack on the TV using an optional
S-Video cable (S).
22
Connect the Left and Right AUDIO OUT jacks of
the DVD Player to the audio left/right in jacks on the
TV (A) using the supplied audio cables.
Component Video (Color Stream®) connection (Best)
11
Connect the COMPONENT VIDEO OUT/
PROGRESSIVE SCAN jacks on the DVD Player to
the corresponding in jacks on the TV using an
optional Y Pb P
r cable (C).
22
Connect the Left and Right AUDIO OUT jacks of
the DVD Player to the audio left/right in jacks on the
TV (A) using the supplied audio cables.
Progressive Scan (ColorStream®pro) connection
zz
If your television is a high-definition or “digital ready”
television, you may take advantage of the DVD
Player’s progressive scan output for the highest
video resolution possible.
zz
If your TV does not accept the Progressive Scan format, the picture will appear scrambled if you select
Progressive Scan output from the DVD Player.
11
Connect the COMPONENT VIDEO OUT/
PROGRESSIVE SCAN jacks on the DVD Player to
the corresponding in jacks on the TV using an
optional Y Pb Pr cable (C).
22
Connect the Left and Right AUDIO OUT jacks of
the DVD Player to the audio left/right in jacks on the
TV (A) using the supplied audio cables.
Notes
– Set the Progressive to “On” from the setup menu, see
page 13.
– Progressive scan does not function simultaneously
with the analog video connections (yellow VIDEO
OUT jack).
Note
If the TV has an S-video input, connect the DVD player
with the S-video cable. When using an S-video cable,
do not connect the yellow video cable.
Rear of TV
S-VIDEO
INPUT
COMPONENT VIDEO /
PROGRESSIVE SCAN INPUT
Pr
Y
Pb
AUDIO INPUT
L
VIDEO
INPUT
R
L
S A VC
Rear of DVD player
Page 44
1-43
PREPARATION
Connections (Cont’d)
Connecting to Optional Equipment
Connecting to an amplifier equipped with two
channel analog stereo or Dolby Surround
Connect the Left and Right AUDIO OUT jacks on the
DVD Player to the audio left and right in jacks on your
amplifier, receiver or stereo system, using the supplied
audio cables (A).
Connecting to an amplifier equipped with two
channel digital stereo (PCM) or to an Audio/
Video receiver equipped with a multi-channel
decoder (Dolby Digital™, MPEG 2 or DTS)
11
Connect one of the DVD Player’s DIGITAL AUDIO
OUT jacks (OPTICAL O or COAXIAL X) to the corresponding in jack on your amplifier. Use an optional digital (optical O or coaxial X) audio cable.
22
You will need to activate the player’s digital output.
(See “Digital Audio Output” on page 14).
Digital Multi-channel sound
A digital multi-channel connection provides the best
sound quality. For this you need a multi-channel
Audio/Video receiver that supports one or more of the
audio formats supported by your DVD Player (MPEG 2,
Dolby Digital and DTS). Check the receiver manual and
the logos on the front of the receiver.
Notes
–
If the audio format of the digital output does not match
the capabilities of your receiver, the receiver will
produce a strong, distorted sound or no sound at all.
– Six Channel Digital Surround Sound can only be
obtained if your receiver is equipped with a Digital
Multi-channel surround sound decoder.
– To confirm the audio format of the current DVD
selection display, press AUDIO.
– Repeated pressing of the AUDIO button may allow
you to select between various audio formats available
on the disc.
Note
This player does not perform internal (2 channel)
decoding of a DTS sound track. To enjoy DTS
multi channel surround, you must connect this player to
a DTS compatible receiver via one of this player’s
digital audio outputs.
Rear of DVD player
AXO
R
OPTICAL COAXIAL
Amplifier (Receiver)
L
AUDIO INPUTDIGITAL INPUT
Page 45
1-44
Before Operation
General Explanation
This manual gives basic instructions for operating the
DVD Player. Some DVDs require specific operation or
allow only limited operation during playback. When this
occurs, the symbol appears on the TV screen, indicating that the operation is not permitted by the DVD
Player or is not available on the disc.
On-Screen Display
General playback status can be displayed on the TV
screen. Some items can be changed on the menu.
On-screen display operation
11
Press GUI DISPLAY during playback.
22
Press
3333or
4444to select an item.
The selected item will be highlighted.
33
Press
1111or
2222to change the setting of an item.
The number buttons can be also be used for setting
numbers (e.g., title number). For some functions,
press ENTER to execute the setting.
Repeat mode Icons
Repeat Title
Repeat Chapter
Repeat Track (non-PBC Video CDs
and Audio CD only)
Repeat Current Disc (non-PBC Video CDs
and Audio CD only)
Repeat All Discs (non-PBC Video CDs
and Audio CD only)
Repeat A-B
Repeat Off
Resume play from this point
Action prohibited or not available
Notes
z Some discs may not provide all of the features includ-
ed on the on-screen display example shown below.
z If no button is pressed for 10 seconds, the on-screen
display disappears.
Items
Title Number
Chapter Number
Time search
Audio language
and Digital Audio
Output mode
Subtitle language
Angle
Sound
Function (Press
3333/
4444to select desired item)
Displays the current title number and total number of
available titles, and skips to a desired title number.
Displays the current chapter number and total number of
available chapters, and skips to a desired chapter number.
Displays the elapsed playing time, and
searches a point identified by its elapsed time.
Displays the current audio soundtrack language,
encoding method and channel number, and
any changes you make to the setting.
Displays the current subtitles language, and
any changes you make to the setting.
Displays the current angle number and total number of
angles, and any changes you make to the angle number.
Displays the current sound mode, and
any changes you make to the setting.
Selection Method
1111/
2222,or
Numbers, ENTER
1111/
2222,or
Numbers, ENTER
Numbers, ENTER
11
11
/
22
22
1111/
22
22
11
11
/
22
22
1111/
22
22
1/3
1/12
0:16:57
1 ENG
D
6 CH
OFF
1/1
NORM.
Items
Track Number
Time
Audio Channel
Sound
Function (Press
3333/
4444to select desired item)
Displays the current track number, total number of tracks
and PBC On mode, and skips to the desired track number.
Displays the elapsed playing time (Display only)
Displays the audio channel, and
changes you make to the audio channel.
Displays the current sound mode, and
any changes you make to the setting.
Selection Method
1111/
2222,or
Numbers, ENTER
–
1111/
22
22
11
11
/
22
22
1/4
0:16:57
STER.
NORM.
VCD2.0
VCD1.1
DVD
CD
TITLE
CHAPT
TRACK
DISC
ALL
A B
OFF
Page 46
1-45
PREPARATION
Before Operation (Cont’d)
Initial Settings
You can install your own Personal Preferences.
Initial Settings General Operation
1
Press SETUP.
The setup menu appears.
2
Press
3333/
4444to select the desired item.
The screen will display the current setting for the
selected item, as well as alternate setting(s).
3
While the desired item is displayed, press
2222,
then
3333/
4444to select the desired setting.
44
Press ENTER to confirm your selection.
Some items require additional steps.
5
Press SETUP, RETURN or PLAY to exit the
setup menu.
If you press SETUP or RETURN to exit the setup
menu, DVD Player will be in stop mode. So, you
must press PLAY to play back.
Language
Disc Language
Select a language for the disc’s Menu, Audio and Subtitle.
Original :
The original language included on the disc is selected.
Other : To select another language, enter the 4-digit number
corresponding to the language code list on page 26. If you
enter the wrong language code, press CLEAR.
Menu Language
Select a language for the setup menu. This is the menu
you see when you press SETUP.
Picture
TV Aspect
4:3 Letterbox: Select when a standard 4:3 TV is con-
nected. Displays theatrical images with masking bars
above and below the picture.
4:3 Panscan: Select when a standard 4:3 TV is connected. Displays pictures cropped to fill your TV screen.
Both side of the original picture may be cut off.
16:9 Wide: Select when a 16:9 wide TV is connected.
Progressive Scan
Progressive Scan Video provides the highest resolution
pictures with less flicker and line structure.
If you are using the COMPONENT VIDEO OUT/
PROGRESSIVE SCAN jacks, but are connecting the
DVD Player to a standard (analog) television, set
Progressive Scan to Off.
If you are using the Component Video jacks for
connection to a TV or monitor that is compatible with a
progressive scan signal, set Progressive Scan to On.
Notes
– Progressive Scan is available only when the VIDEO
OUTPUT switch on the rear panel is set to COMPONENT/PROGRESSIVE SCAN.
Caution
Once the setting for progressive scan output is entered, an
image will only be visible on a progressive scan compatible
TV or monitor. If you set Progressive Scan to On in error,
you must reset the unit. Pointing the remote at the player,
press the STOP key to stop any disc that is playing. Next,
press the STOP key again and hold it for five seconds
before releasing it. The video output will be restored to the
standard setting, and a picture will once again be visible on
a conventional analog TV or monitor.
DVD
DVD
DVD
Disc Audio
Disc Subtitle
Disc Menu
Rating
Area Code
TV Aspect
Menu Language
Progressive Scan
Digital Audio Output
5.1 Speaker Setup
Others
Disc Audio
Disc Subtitle
Disc Menu
Rating
Area Code
TV Aspect
Menu Language
Progressive Scan
Digital Audio Output
5.1 Speaker Setup
Others
Disc Audio
Disc Subtitle
Disc Menu
Rating
Area Code
TV Aspect
Menu Language
Original
English
French
German
Spanish
Italian
Chinese
Polish
Hungarian
Russian
Other — — — —
Original
English
French
German
Spanish
Italian
Chinese
Polish
Hungarian
Russian
Other — — — —
English
Spanish
French
Disc Audio
Disc Subtitle
Disc Menu
Rating
Area Code
TV Aspect
Menu Language
Progressive Scan
Digital Audio Output
5.1 Speaker Setup
Others
Disc Audio
Disc Subtitle
Disc Menu
Rating
Area Code
TV Aspect
Menu Language
Progressive Scan
Digital Audio Output
5.1 Speaker Setup
Others
4:3 Letterbox
4:3 Panscan
16:9 Wide
Off
On
Page 47
1-46
Before Operation (Cont’d)
Sound
Digital Audio Output
Each DVD disc may have a variety of audio output
options. Set the player’s Digital Audio Output according
to the type of audio system you use.
DOLBY DIGITAL/PCM: Select “DOLBY DIGITAL/PCM”
if you connect the DVD Player’s DIGITAL OUT jack to a
Dolby Digital decoder (or an amplifier or other equipment with a Dolby Digital decoder).
Stream/PCM: Select “Stream/PCM” if you connect the
DVD Player’s DIGITAL OUT jack to an amplifier or other
equipment with a DTS decoder, Dolby Digital decoder
or MPEG decoder.
PCM: Select when connected to a 2 channel digital
stereo amplifier. The DVD player outputs sounds in the
PCM 2ch format when you play a DVD video disc
recorded on the Dolby Digital, MPEG1 or MPEG2
recording system.
Sample Frequency
To change the Sample Frequency setting, first select
the desired Digital Audio Output as indicated above.
If your receiver or amplifier is NOT capable of handling
96KHz signals, select 48KHz. When this choice is
made, this unit will automatically convert any 96KHz
signals to 48KHz so your system can decode them.
If your receiver or amplifier is capable of handling
96KHz signals, select 96KHz. When this choice is
made, this unit will pass all signals through without
down conversion, or processing.
Others
The DRC, Vocal, PBC, B.L.E., Pluge and DNR settings
can be changed.
z Press
3333/
4444to select the desired item and press
ENTER. The setting of the selected item alternates
between On and Off.
Dynamic Range Control (DRC)
With the DVD format, you can hear a program’s soundtrack in the most accurate and realistic presentation
possible, thanks to digital audio technology. However,
you may wish to compress the dynamic range of the
audio output (the difference between the loudest sounds
and the quietest ones). Then, you may listen to a movie
at a lower volume without losing clarity of sound. Set
DRC to On for this effect.
Vocal
Set Vocal to On only when a multi-channel karaoke
DVD is playing. The karaoke channels on the disc will
mix into normal stereo sound.
PBC
Set Playback Control (PBC) to On or Off.
On: Video CDs with PBC are played according to the PBC.
Off: Video CDs with PBC are played the same way as Audio
CDs.
B.L.E. (Black Level Expansion)
To select the black level of playback pictures. Set your
preference and monitor’s ability.
On: Expanded grey scale. (0 IRE cut off)
Off: Standard grey scale. (7.5 IRE cut off)
Pluge (Blacker than Black)
For proper adjustment of your television brightness
settings utilizing a commercially available test disc.
On: Select when you adjust the level of your TV using a
commercially available test disc that contains pluge
signals.
Off: For normal use.
DNR (Digital Noise Reduction)
You can reduce ambient noise in the picture.
DNR1: Normal level
DNR2: Expanded level.
Off: Off.
Notes
– Actual picture enhancement may vary depending on the
quality of the disc.
– While the DNR2 (expanded level) can provide additional
improvement in the reduction of noise in the video signal, it
may produce undesirable picture artifacts on some discs.
Should this occur, select a more appropriate DNR level (normal or off).
– Depending on the disc, some picture detail may be lost by
the picture enhancement.
– A DVD audio disc with Dolby Digital or DTS soundtrack may
be played, some DVD audio discs include moving pictures
which may be modified by the above processes.
DOLBY
/PCM
Disc Audio
Disc Subtitle
Disc Menu
Rating
Area Code
TV Aspect
Menu Language
Progressive Scan
Digital Audio Output
5.1 Speaker Setup
Others
DIGITAL
Stream/PCM
PCM
Sample Freq.
48 KHz
96KHz
Disc Audio
Disc Subtitle
Disc Menu
Rating
Area Code
TV Aspect
Menu Language
Progressive Scan
Digital Audio Output
5.1 Speaker Setup
Others
DRC On
Vocal On
PBC On
B.L.E. Off
Pluge Off
DNR Off
Page 48
1-47
PREPARATION
Before Operation (Cont’d)
Parental Control
Rating
Movies on DVDs may contain scenes not suitable for
children. Therefore, discs may contain Parental Control
information that applies to the complete disc or to
certain scenes on the disc. These scenes are rated
from 1 to 8, and alternatively, more suitable scenes are
available for selection on some discs. Ratings are
country-dependent. The Parental Control feature allows
you to prevent discs from being played by your children
or to have certain discs played with alternative scenes.
11
Select “Rating” on the Setup menu using the
33
33
and
4444buttons.
22
While “Rating” is displayed, press
2222.
33
When you have not entered a password yet;
Install a 4-digit password using the number buttons
to create a personal 4-digit security password, then
press ENTER. Enter the 4-digit password again and
press ENTER to verify.
When you have already entered a password;
Install your 4-digit password using the number
buttons to confirm the personal 4-digit security
password, then press ENTER.
If you make a mistake before pressing ENTER, press
CLEAR and install your 4-digit security password again.
44
Select a rating from 1 to 8 using the
3333/
4444but-
tons. One (1) has the least playback restrictions.
Eight (8) has the most playback restrictions.
Unlock: If you select Unlock, Parental Control is
not active. The disc will play without restrictions.
Ratings 1 to 8: Some discs contain scenes not
suitable for children. If you set a rating for the player, all disc scenes with the same rating or lower will
be played. Higher rated scenes will not be played
unless an alternative scene is available on the disc.
The alternative must have the same rating or a
lower one. If no suitable alternative is found,
playback will stop. You must enter your 4-digit
password or change the rating level in order to play
the disc.
55
Press ENTER to confirm your rating selection,
then press SETUP to exit the menu.
Area Code
Enter the code of a country/area whose standards were
used to rate the DVD video disc, referring to the list
(See “Area Code List”, page 27.).
11
Select Area Code using the
3333/
4444buttons on the
setup menu.
22
While Area Code is selected, press 2.
33
Follow step 3 of “Rating” on left.
44
Select the first character using the
3333/
4444buttons.
55
Shift the cursor using
1111/2buttons and select
the second character using
3333/
4444buttons.
66
Press ENTER to confirm your area code selection, then press SETUP to exit the menu.
Note
Confirmation of your 4-digit password is necessary
when the password is changed (see “Changing the
4-digit password” below ).
Changing the 4-digit password
1 Follow Steps 1-2 as shown above to the left (Rating).
2 Install your old code, then press ENTER.
3 Select Change using the
3333/
4444buttons then press
ENTER.
4 Install the new 4-digit password, then press ENTER.
5 Install exactly the same code a second time and veri-
fy by pressing ENTER.
6 Press SETUP to exit the menu.
If you forget your 4-digit password
If you forget your password, to clear the current password, follow the procedure below.
1 Press SETUP to display the setup menu.
2 Use the Number buttons to enter the 6-digit number
“210499.”
The 4-digit password is cleared.
3 Enter a new code as shown above to the left (Rating).
DVD
DVD
Disc Audio
Disc Subtitle
Disc Menu
Rating
Area Code
TV Aspect
Menu Language
Progressive Scan
Digital Audio Output
5.1 Speaker Setup
Others
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Unlock
Change
Disc Audio
Disc Subtitle
Disc Menu
Rating
Area Code
TV Aspect
Menu Language
Progressive Scan
Digital Audio Output
5.1 Speaker Setup
Others
Code Set
U S
Page 49
1-48
Operation with DVD, Video CD and Audio CD
Playing a DVD, Video CD and Audio CD
Playback Setup
z Turn on the TV and select the video input source
corresponding to the DVD player.
z Audio system: Turn on the audio system and select
the input source connected to the DVD player.
11
Press OPEN/CLOSE to open the disc tray.
22
Load your disc in the center position, with the
label facing up.
When a double-sided DVD is inserted, make sure
the side you want to play is facing up.
• Discs can be loaded one at a time by pressing
DISC SKIP to rotate the carousel.
33
Press OPEN/CLOSE to close the tray.
READING appears on the TV screen, and playback
starts automatically. If playback does not start,
press PLAY.
In some cases, the disc menu may appear instead.
If a disc menu screen is displayed
The menu screen may be displayed first after loading a
DVD or Video CD that contains a menu.
Use the
1111222233334444buttons to select the title/chapter
and additional selections you want, then press ENTER
to start playback.
Press TOP MENU or MENU to return to the disc menu
screen.
zz
Use the number buttons to select the track you want
to view.
Press RETURN to return to the disc menu screen.
zz
Menu setting and the exact operating procedures for
using the disc menu may differ depending on the disc.
Follow the instructions on each menu screen.
You also may set PBC to Off under setup. See page
14.
Notes
– If Parental Control is set and the disc is not within the
Rating settings (not authorized), the 4-digit password
must be entered and/or the disc must be authorized
(see “Parental Control”, on page 15).
– DVDs may have a region code.
– Your player will not play discs that have a region code
different from your player. The region code for this
player is 1 (one).
Exchanging discs during playback
z Press DISC CHANGE on the front panel during play-
back to open the disc tray.
z Press DISC SKIP to rotate the disc trays to the
desired position. The carousel will rotate clockwise by
one disc increments.
z Exchange the discs and press DISC CHANGE or
OPEN/CLOSE to close the disc tray.
Note
– The disc tray presently loaded in the play position can
not be exchanged.
Skipping discs
Press DISC SKIP during play or when playback is
stopped.
Notes
– When DISC SKIP is pressed, the disc tray rotates and
playback begins from the beginning of the next disc.
– If there is no disc on the next disc tray, the following
disc tray will be selected.
– When DISC SKIP is pressed during playback of disc
5, playback of disc 1 will start.
Exchanging the disc and starting playback
1.Press OPEN/CLOSE during playback or when play-
back is stopped.
Play stops (if pressed during playback), the disc tray opens
and the disc that was in the play position comes to the front.
2.Exchange the disc.
3.Press OPEN/CLOSE or PLAY again.
The tray closes and playback begins (with the disc
that was in front).
VCD2.0
DVD
CD
VCD1.1VCD2.0
DVD
Center position
Do not load a disc in the
left and light side position.
Page 50
1-49
Operation with DVD, Video CD and Audio CD (Cont’d)
General Features
Note
Unless stated otherwise, all operations described use
the remote control. Some features may also be
available from the Setup menu.
Moving to another TITLE
When a disc has more than one title, you can select to
another title as follows:
zz
Press GUI DISPLAY when playback is stopped.
From the title function, press the appropriate numbered button (0-9) to select a title number.
Moving to another CHAPTER/TRACK
When a title on a disc has more than one chapter or a
disc has more than one track, you can move to another
chapter/track as follows:
z Press SKIP
.
or >briefly during playback to
select the next chapter/track or to return to the beginning of the current chapter/track.
zz
Press
.
twice briefly to step back to the previous
chapter/track.
zz
To go directly to any chapter during DVD playback,
press GUI DISPLAY. Then, press
3333/
4444to select C
(chapter) (or for a Video CD and Audio CD, select T
for track). Then, enter the chapter/track number using
the numbered buttons (0-9).
Note
For two-digit numbers, press the buttons in rapid
succession.
Still Picture and Frame-by-frame playback
1 Press PAUSE/STEP during playback.
The player will now go into PAUSE mode.
2 You can advance the picture frame by frame by
pressing PAUSE/STEP repeatedly on the remote
control.
Pause
1 Press PAUSE/STEP during playback.
2 To return to playback, press PLAY or press
PAUSE/STEP again.
Slow Motion
1 Press SLOW tor Tduring playback.
The player will enter SLOW mode.
2 Use the SLOW tor Tto select the required speed:
t
1/16, t1/8, t1/4 or t1/2 (reverse), or
T
1/16, T1/8, T1/4 or T1/2 (forward).
3 To exit slow motion mode, press PLAY.
Note
Slow motion playback in reverse is not available from a
Video CD.
Search
1 Press REV mor FWD Mduring playback.
The player will now go into SEARCH mode.
2 Press REV mor FWD Mrepeatedly to select the
required speed: mX2, mX4, mX16, mX100
(backward) or MX2, MX4, MX16, MX100
(forward).
With a Video CD and Audio CD, the Search speed
changes: mX2, mX4, mX8 (backward) or
M
X2, MX4, MX8 (forward).
3 To exit SEARCH mode, press PLAY.
Random
1 Press RANDOM during playback or in stop mode.
The unit automatically begins Random Playback and
“RANDOM (1-3)” appears on the TV screen.
• RANDOM1: Plays all the tracks on a single disc in random
order and then stops.
• RANDOM2: Plays all the tracks on current disc in
random order and then plays all the tracks on each succeeding disc in random order and then stops.
• RANDOM3: Plays 2 tracks randomly from a disc and then
plays 2 tracks randomly from a different disc until all
tracks on all discs have been played.
2 To return to normal playback, press RANDOM until
“RANDOM” disappears on the display window.
Tip
By pressing SKIP
.
or >during Random playback, the unit selects another title (track) and resumes
Random playback.
Note
This function works only with Compact Discs, Karaoke
discs and video CD without PBC.
CD
VCD1.1
Karaoke DVD
CD
VCD1.1VCD2.0
DVD
VCD1.1VCD2.0
DVD
CD
VCD1.1VCD2.0
DVD
CD
VCD1.1
DVD
DVD
OPERATION
1/12
1/3
1/3
Page 51
1-50
Operation with DVD, Video CD and Audio CD (Cont’d)
General Features (cont’d)
Repeat
DVD Video Discs - Repeat Chapter/Title/Off
1
To repeat the chapter currently playing, press REPEAT.
The Repeat Chapter icon appears on the TV screen.
2 To repeat the title currently playing, press REPEAT
two times.
The Repeat Title icon appears on the TV screen.
3
To cancel Repeat mode, press REPEAT repeatedly until
the Repeat Off icon appears on the TV screen.
Video CDs and Audio CDs - Repeat Track/Disc/All/Off
1 To repeat the track currently playing, press REPEAT.
The Repeat Track icon appears on the TV screen.
2 To repeat the disc currently playing, press REPEAT
two times.
The Repeat Disc icon appears on the TV screen.
3 To Repeat of entire all disc contents, press REPEAT
three times.
The Repeat All icon appears on the TV screen.
4
To cancel Repeat mode, press REPEAT repeatedly until
the Repeat Off icon appears on the TV screen.
Note
z On a Video CD with PBC, you must set PBC to Off on
the setup menu to use the Repeat function.
See page 14.
z If you press SKIP
.
twice or SKIP
>
during
Repeat Chapter/Track playback, the repeat playback
cancels.
Repeat A-B
To repeat a sequence in a title:
1 Press A-B RPT at your chosen starting point.
A- appears briefly on the TV screen.
2 Press A-B RPT again at your chosen end point.
A-B appears briefly on the TV screen, and the repeat sequence
begins (a-b repeat appears on the player’s display).
3 To cancel the sequence, press A-B RPT.
Note
If you press SKIP
.
or >during repeat A-B,
the A-B sequence are cleared.
Time Search
The Time Search function allows you to start playing at
any elapsed time location on the disc.
1 Press GUI DISPLAY during playback. The on-screen
display appears on the screen.
The Time Search box shows the elapsed playing time of the
current disc.
2 Within 10 seconds, press
3333/
4444to select the Time
Search icon in the on-screen display.
The “-:--:--” appears in the Time Search box.
3 Within 10 seconds, use the number buttons to enter
the required start time. Enter hours, minutes and seconds from left to right in the box.
If you enter the wrong numbers, press CLEAR to remove the
numbers you entered. Then enter the correct numbers.
4
Within 10 seconds, press ENTER to confirm the start time.
Playback starts from the selected time on the disc. If you enter
an invalid time, playback will continue from the current point.
Selecting the sound enhancement
Press E.A.M. to select the sound enhancement during
playback.
NORM. : Normal sound
3D SUR: This player can produce a 3D Surround effect, which
simulates multi-channel audio playback from two conventional
stereo speakers, instead of the five or more speakers normally
required to listen to multi-channel audio from a home theater
system.
DIALOGUE: Enhances critical center channel information to
make dialogue more intelligible (only when playing a DVD
video disc recorded on the Dolby Digital recording system).
• To use this enhancement on audio output from the
DIGITALAUDIO OUT jack, be sure to set “Digital Audio
Output” to “PCM”. See page 14.
Zoom
The Zoom function allows you to expand the video
image and to move the focus point of zoomed image.
1 Press ZOOM during playback or still playback to acti-
vate the Zoom function.
If you press ZOOM repeatedly, the magnification level
increases up to six times.
2 Use the
1111/
2222/
3333/
4444buttons to move the focus point off
the zoomed image.
3 Press CLEAR to resume normal playback or return to
the paused image.
Notes
z The zoom function may not work for some DVDs.
z The zoom function may not work on multi-angle
scenes.
VCD1.1VCD2.0
DVD
CDVCDDVD
DVD
CD
VCD1.1VCD2.0
DVD
CD
VCD1.1VCD2.0
DVD
CHAPT
TITLE
TRACK
DISC
A B
OFF
A *
ALL
OFF
0:16:57
-:--:--
NORM.
3D SUR
DIALOGUE
Page 52
1-51
OPERATION
Operation with DVD, Video CD and Audio CD (Cont’d)
General Features (cont’d)
Marker Search
You can start playback from a memorized point. Up to
nine points can be memorized.
To enter a mark, follow these steps.
1 During disc playback, press MARKER at the location
you want to memorize.
The Marker icon will appear on the TV screen briefly.
2
Repeat step 1 to enter up to nine Marker points on a disc.
To Recall a Marked Scene
1 During disc playback, press SEARCH.
The MARKER SEARCH menu will appear on the screen.
2 Within 10 seconds, press 1/2to select a Marker num-
ber that you want to recall.
3 Press ENTER.
Playback will start from the Marked scene.
4 To remove the MARKER SEARCH menu, press
SEARCH.
To clear a Marked Scene
1 During disc playback, press SEARCH.
The MARKER SEARCH menu will appear on the screen.
2 Press 1/2to select the Marker number that you want
to erase.
3 Press CLEAR.
The Marker number will be erased from the list.
4 Repeat steps 2 and 3 to erase additional Marker
numbers.
5
To remove the MARKER SEARCH menu, press SEARCH.
Note
All disc markers are cleared when the power is turned
off, the disc is removed, or DISC SKIP button is
pressed.
Special DVD Features
Checking the contents of DVD Video
discs: Menus
DVDs may contain menus that allow you to access special features. To access the disc menu, press MENU.
Then, press the appropriate number button to select an
option. Or, use the 1/2/3/4buttons to highlight your
selection, then press ENTER.
Title Menu
1 Press TOP MENU.
If the current title has a menu, that menu will appear on the
screen. Otherwise, the disc menu may appear.
2 The menu can list camera angles, spoken language
and subtitle options, and chapters for the title.
3 To remove the title menu, press TOP MENU again.
Disc Menu
1 Press MENU.
The disc menu is displayed.
2 To exit the disc menu, press MENU again.
Camera Angle
If the disc contains scenes recorded at different camera
angles, you can change to a different camera angle
during playback.
zz
Press ANGLE repeatedly during playback to select a
desired angle.
The number of the current angle appears on the display.
Changing the Audio Language
Press AUDIO repeatedly during playback to hear different
audio languages or audio tracks available on the disc.
Changing the Audio Channel
Press AUDIO repeatedly during playback to hear a different audio channel (STEREO, LEFT or RIGHT).
Subtitles
Press SUBTITLE repeatedly during playback to view
the different subtitle languages available on the disc.
Note
If appears, the feature is not available on the disc.
DVD
CDVCD
DVD
DVD
DVD
DVD
DVD
CD
VCD1.1VCD2.0
DVD
1/9
MARKER SEARCH
1 ENG
D
6 CH
1/1
STER.
LEFT
1 ENG
RIGHT
Page 53
1-52
Programmed Playback with Video CD and Audio CD
Programmed Playback with Video CD
and Audio CD
Note
On a Video CD with PBC, you must set PBC to Off on the
setup menu to use the Program function. See page 14.
11
Insert a Video CD or Audio CD and close the
tray.
22
Press PROGRAM while playback is stopped.
The Program menu will appear.
Note
Press PROGRAM or RETURN to exit the Program
menu.
33
Enter the disc number using the numerical keys
(1-5) and then press ENTER.
44
Enter the track number using the numerical
keys (0-9) and then press ENTER.
The next area is selected.
55
Repeat steps 3 to 4.
Up to 20 tracks can be programmed.
66
Press PLAY to exit the menu.
The selected tracks are stored in the player memory and
playback begins with the first programmed sequence.
77
After playback of all programmed tracks is completed, playback is stopped
Repeat Programmed Tracks/All
1 To repeat the track currently playing, press REPEAT.
The Repeat Track icon appears on the TV screen.
2 To repeat all tracks on the program list, press
REPEAT two times.
The Repeat All icon appears on the TV screen.
3
To cancel Repeat mode, press REPEAT repeatedly until
the Repeat Off icon appears on the TV screen.
Note
If you press SKIP
.
twice or SKIP
>
during
Repeat Track playback, the repeat playback cancels.
To resume normal playback from programmed
playback
Press PROGRAM until “PROG.” indicator disappears in
the display window.
Erasing a Track from Program List
1 Press PROGRAM while playback is stopped.
The Program menu will appear.
2 Use 1/2/3/4to select the track that you wish to erase
from the Program list.
3 Press CLEAR.
The track will be erased from the Program list.
Erasing the Complete Program List
1 Press PROGRAM while playback is stopped.
The Program menu will appear.
2 Use 1/2/3/4to select “Clear All”, then press ENTER.
The complete Program for the disc will be erased.
The programs are also cleared when the disc is removed.
Program
1
Step 1
Clear All
Page 54
1-53
OPERATION
Operation with MP3 Disc
Playing an MP3 disc
The DVD Player can play MP3 formatted recordings on
CD-ROM, CD-R or CD-RW discs.
Before playing MP3 recordings, read the notes on MP3
Recordings on right.
1
1
Insert a disc and close the tray.
The MP3/JPEG choice menu appears on the TV
screen.
22
Press
3333/
4444to select the MP3 then press ENTER.
The MP3 menu appears on the TV screen.
MP3 menu
33
Press
3333/
4444to select a track then press PLAY.
Playback starts.
During playback, the current track’s elapsed playing
time will appear on the display.
Playback will stop at the end of the disc.
Press TOP MENU to move to he next page.
Press MENU to move to the previous page.
44
To stop playback at any other time, press STOP.
Pause
1 Press PAUSE/STEP during playback.
2 To return to playback, press PLAY or press
PAUSE/STEP again.
Moving to another Track
zz
Press SKIP
.
or >once during playback to
advance to the next track or to return to the beginning
of the current track.
zz
Press SKIP
.
twice briefly to step back to the previous track.
Repeat Track/All/Off
1 To repeat the track currently playing, press REPEAT.
The Repeat Track icon appears on the menu screen.
2 To repeat all tracks on a disc, press REPEAT two
times.
The Repeat All icon appears on the menu screen.
3
To cancel Repeat mode, press REPEAT repeatedly until
the Repeat Off icon appears on the menu screen.
Note
z The REPEAT button is not available when the
mark appear. Press PROGRAM to disappear the
mark.
z If you press SKIP
.
twice or SKIP
>
during
Repeat Track playback, the repeat playback cancels.
Notes on MP3 Discs
About MP3
zz
An MP3 file is audio data compressed by using the
MPEG1 audio layer-3 file-coding scheme. We call
files that have the “.mp3” file extension “MP3 files”.
zz
The player can not read an MP3 file that has a file
extension other than “.mp3”.
zz
The player can not read a non MP3 encoded file that
has a file extension “.mp3”.
MP3 Disc compatibility with this player is limited as follows:
1. Sampling Frequency / only at 44.1kHz
2. Bit rate / within 32 - 320kbps
3. CD-R physical format should be “ISO 9660”
4. If you record MP3 files using the software which
cannot create a FILE SYSTEM, for example “DirectCD” etc., it is impossible to playback MP3 files. We
recommend that you use “Easy-CD Creator”, which
creates an ISO9660 file system.
5. A single session disc requires MP3 files in the first
track. If there is no MP3 file in the 1st track, it cannot playback MP3 files. If you wish to playback MP3
files, format all the data in the disc or use a new
one.
6. We do not recommend using CD-RW discs. Please
use finished CD-R discs only.
7. File names should be named using 8 letters or less
and must incorporate “.mp3” extension
e.g. “********.MP3”.
8. Do not use special letters such as “_?!><+*}{`[@
]:;\/.,” etc.
9. Total number of files on the disc should be less than
200.
10. Use 74 minute CD-R discs (650M), Do not use 80
minute CD-R (700M) software
This DVD player requires discs/recordings to meet
certain technical standards in order to achieve optimal
playback quality. Pre-recorded DVDs are automatically
set to these standards. There are many different types
of recordable disc formats (including CD-R containing
MP3 files). That require certain pre-existing conditions
(see above) to insure compatible playback.
Customers should also note that permission is
required in order to download MP3 files and music
from the Internet. TOSHIBA cannot grant such
permission. Permission should always be sought
from the copyright owner.
E
E
MP3
MP3
MP3
MP3
ProgramMP3
Clear All
TRACK 1.MP3
TRACK 2.MP3
TRACK 3.MP3
TRACK 4.MP3
TRACK 5.MP3
TRACK 6.MP3
TRACK 7.MP3
TRACK 8.MP3
56:35 1 OFF
MP3
JPEG
Page 55
1-54
Operation with JPEG Disc
Viewing a JPEG disc
This DVD Player can play discs with JPEG files on it.
Make sure the resolution of the JPEG files is less than
2 mega pixels (2M).
Notes
zz
Depending upon the size and number of the JPEG
files, it could take a long time for the DVD player to
read the disc’s contents. If you don’t see an onscreen display after several minutes, some of the files
are too big — reduce the resolution of the JPEG files
to less than 2 mega pixels and burn another disc.
zz
Total number of files on the disc should be less than
200.
zz
Some disc may be incompatible due to different
recording format or condition of disc.
1
1
Insert a disc and close the tray.
The MP3/JPEG choice menu appears on the TV
screen.
22
Press
3333/
4444to select the JPEG then press
ENTER.
The JPEG menu appears on the TV screen.
Press RETURN to move to the previous menu
(MP3/JPEG choice menu).
JPEG menu
33
If you want to view a particular file, press
3333/
4444to
highlight a file and press ENTER or PLAY.
Viewing the file proceeding starts.
During viewing a file, press GUI DISPLAY or
RETURN to move to the previous menu (JPEG
menu).
Press TOP MENU to move to the next page.
Press MENU to move to the previous page.
Tip
There are three viewing Slide Speed options: Fast,
Normal, and Slow. Press 1/2to highlight the Slide
Speed then press 3/4to select the option you want to
use, and press ENTER.
44
To stop viewing at any other time, press STOP.
The JPEG menu appears.
Moving to another File
zz
Press SKIP
.
or
>
once during viewing to
advance to the next file or to the previous file.
Repeat All/Off
1 To repeat all files on a disc, press REPEAT when
JPEG menu appears.
The Repeat All icon appears on the menu screen.
2 Press PLAY or ENTER to start repeat playback.
3 To cancel Repeat mode, first press STOP to stop
playback then press REPEAT when JPEG menu
appears.
The Repeat Off icon appears on the menu screen.
Note
The REPEAT button is not available when the mark
appear. Press PROGRAM to disappear the mark.
E
E
JPEG
ProgramJPEG
Clear All
Picture1.jpg
Picture2.jpg
Picture3.jpg
Picture4.jpg
Picture5.jpg
Picture6.jpg
Picture7.jpg
Picture8.jpg
1/31 OFF
Slide Speed Fast
MP3
JPEG
Page 56
1-55
OPERATION
Programmed Playback with MP3 or JPEG Disc
Programmed Playback with MP3 or
JPEG Disc
Program allows you to store your favorite tracks/files
(or files) for a particular disc in the player memory.
Program can contain 60 tracks/files.
11
Insert a disc and close the tray.
The MP3/JPEG choice menu appears on the TV
screen.
22
Press
3333/
4444to select the MP3 or JPEG then press
ENTER.
The MP3 or JPEG menu appears on the TV screen.
Press RETURN to move to the previous menu
(MP3/JPEG choice menu).
33
Press PROGRAM in the stop mode or during
playback (MP3 only) to enter the Program Edit
mode.
The mark will appear to the right of the word Program
on the right side of the menu screen.
Note
Press PROGRAM to exit the Program Edit mode;
the mark will disappear.
44
Press
3333/
4444to select a track/file then press
ENTER to place the selected track/file on the
Program list.
55
Repeat step 4 to place additional tracks/files on
the Program list.
MP3 menu JPEG menu
66
Press 2.
The programmed track/file you selected last is highlighted
on the program list.
77
Press
3333/
4444to select the track/file you want to
start playing.
Press TOP MENU to move to the next page.
Press MENU to move to the previous page.
88
Press ENTER or PLAY to start.
Playback begins in the order in which you programmed the
tracks/files and “PROG.” appears in the display window.
Playback stops after playing the last programmed track/file
on the program list.
Note
The programmed tracks/files are cleared when the
power is turned off or the disc is removed.
Repeat Programmed Tracks/All/Off
1 To repeat the track currently playing, press REPEAT.
The Repeat Track icon appears on the menu screen.
2 To repeat all tracks on the program list, press
REPEAT two times.
The Repeat All icon appears on the menu screen.
3
To cancel Repeat mode, press REPEAT repeatedly until
the Repeat Off icon appears on the menu screen.
Note
If you press SKIP
.
twice or SKIP
>
during
Repeat Track playback, the repeat playback cancels.
Repeat Programmed All/Off
1 To repeat all files on the program list, press REPEAT
when JPEG menu appears.
The Repeat All icon appears on the menu screen.
2 Press PLAY or ENTER to start repeat playback.
3 To cancel Repeat mode, first press STOP to stop
playback then press REPEAT when JPEG menu
appears.
Note
The REPEAT button is not available when the mark
appear. Press PROGRAM to disappear the mark.
Erasing a Track/File from Program List
1 Press PROGRAM during playback or in the stop
mode to enter the Program Edit mode.
The mark will appear.
Note
JPEG can be programmed only in stop mode (when
menu screen is displayed.)
2 Press 2to move to the Program list.
3 Use
3333/
4444to select the track/file that you wish to erase
from the Program list.
4 Press CLEAR.
The track/file will be erased from the Program list.
Erasing the Complete Program List
1 Follow steps 1-2 of “Erasing a Track/File from
Program List” as above.
2 Use
3333/
4444to select “Clear All”, then press ENTER.
The complete Program for the disc will be erased.
The programs are also cleared when the disc is removed.
To resume normal playback from programmed
playback
Press and hold PROGRAM for 3 seconds until “PROG.”
indicator disappears in the display window.
JPEG
MP3
JPEGMP3
ProgramMP3
Clear All
TRACK 1.MP3
TRACK 2.MP3
TRACK 3.MP3
TRACK 4.MP3
TRACK 8.MP3
TRACK 2.MP3
TRACK 4.MP3
TRACK 3.MP3
TRACK 5.MP3
TRACK 6.MP3
TRACK 7.MP3
TRACK 8.MP3
56:35 1 OFF
E
ProgramJPEG
Clear All
Picture1.jpg Picture1.jpg
Picture8.jpg
Picture3.jpg
Picture6.jpg
Picture7.jpg
Picture2.jpg
Picture3.jpg
Picture4.jpg
Picture5.jpg
Picture6.jpg
Picture7.jpg
Picture8.jpg
1/31 OFF
Slide Speed Fast
E
MP3
JPEG
E
E
E
E
E
Page 57
1-56
Additional Information
Last Condition Memory
This player memorizes the last condition for the last
disc you have watched. Settings remain in memory
even if you remove the disc from the player or switch off
the player. If you load a disc that has its settings memorized, the latest stop position is automatically recalled.
Notes
– Settings are stored in memory for use any time.
– This player does not memorize settings of a disc if
you switch off the player before commencing playback.
Screen Saver
A screen saver image appears when you leave the DVD
Player in stop mode for about five minutes.
After the Screen Saver has been engaged for about five
minutes, the DVD Player will automatically turn itself off.
Video Mode Setting
zz
With certain discs, the playback picture may be flickering or Dot Crawl is shown on straight lines. That
means Vertical interpolation or De-interlace is not
perfectly matched with the disc. In this case, the
picture quality may be improved by changing the
video mode.
zz
To change the video mode, press and hold
GUI DISPLAY about 3 seconds during disc playback.
The new video mode number selected is displayed on
the TV screen. Check whether the video quality has
improved. If not, repeat the above procedure until picture quality is improved.
zz
Video mode sequence:
Video1 → Video2 → Film → Adapt → Auto.
zz
If you turn off the power, the video mode will return to
initial default state (Auto).
Detailed Description of each Video Mode
Auto : The source material of the DVD video (film material or
video material) is determined from disc information.
Video1 : Suitable for playing video based content with
comparatively little motion.
Video2 : Suitable for playing video based content with
comparatively more motion.
Film : Suitable for playing film based content or video based
material recorded by the progressive scan method.
Adapt : Determines the appropriate mode (film or video)
during disc playback, and automatically selects the proper
mode. Suitable for playing a disc comprised of film and
video based content.
VCD1.1VCD2.0
DVD
VCD1.1
CDDVD
Page 58
1-57
REFERENCE
Troubleshooting
Check the following guide for the possible cause of a problem before contacting service.
Symptom
No power.
The power is on, but
the DVD player does
not work.
No picture.
No sound.
The playback picture is
poor.
The DVD player does
not start playback.
The remote control
does not work properly.
Cause
z The power cord is disconnected.
z No disc is inserted.
z The TV is not set to receive DVD signal
output.
z The video cable is not connected
securely.
z The connected TV power is turned off.
z The equipment connected with the
audio cable is not set to receive DVD
signal output.
z The audio cables are not connected
securely.
z The power of the equipment connected
with the audio cable is turned off.
z The Digital Audio Output is set to the
wrong position.
z The disc is dirty.
z No disc is inserted.
z An unplayable disc is inserted.
z The disc is placed upside down.
z The disc is not placed within the guide.
z The disc is dirty.
z The Rating level is set.
z The remote control is not pointed at the
remote sensor of the DVD player.
z The remote control is too far from the
DVD player.
z There is an obstacle in the path of the
remote control and the DVD player.
z The batteries in the remote control are
exhausted.
Correction
z Plug the power cord into the wall outlet
securely.
z Insert a disc. (Check that the DVD or,
audio CD indicator in the display
window is lit.)
z Select the appropriate video input mode
on the TV so the picture from the DVD
player appears on the TV screen.
z Connect the video cable into the jacks
securely.
z Turn on the TV.
z Select the correct input mode of the
audio receiver so you can listen to the
sound from the DVD player.
z Connect the audio cable into the jacks
securely.
z Turn on the equipment connected with
the audio cable.
z Set the Digital Audio Output to the
correct position, then turn on the DVD
player again by pressing POWER.
z Clean the disc.
z Insert a disc. (Check that the DVD, or
audio CD indicator in the DVD display is
lit.)
z Insert a playable disc. (Check the disc
type, color system and Regional code.)
z Place the disc with the playback side
down.
z Place the disc on the disc tray correctly
inside the guide.
z Clean the disc.
z Cancel the Rating function or change
the rating level.
z Point the remote control at the remote
sensor of the DVD player.
z Operate the remote control within about
23 ft (7 m).
z Remove the obstacle.
z Replace the batteries with new ones.
Page 59
1-58
Language Code List
Code Language
6565 Afar
6566 Abkhazian
6570 Afrikaans
6577 Ameharic
6582 Arabic
6583 Assamese
6588 Aymara
6590 Azerbaijani
6665 Bashkir
6669 Byelorussian
6671 Bulgarian
6672 Bihari
6678 Bengali; Bangla
6679 Tibetan
6682 Breton
6765 Catalan
6779 Corsican
6783 Czech
6789 Welsh
6865 Danish
6869 German
6890 Bhutani
6976 Greek
6978 English
6979 Esperanto
6983 Spanish
6984 Estonian
6985 Basque
7065 Persian
7073 Finnish
7074 Fiji
Code Language
7079 Faroese
7082 French
7089 Frisian
7165 Irish
7168 Scots Gaelic
7176 Galician
7178 Guarani
7185 Gujarati
7265 Hausa
7273 Hindi
7282 Croatian
7285 Hungarian
7289 Armenian
7365 Interlingua
7378 Indonesian
7383 Icelandic
7384 Italian
7387 Hebrew
7465 Japanese
7473 Yiddish
7487 Javanese
7565 Georgian
7575 Kazakh
7576 Greenlandic
7577 Cambodian
7578 Kannada
7579 Korean
7583 Kashmiri
7585 Kurdish
7589 Kirghiz
7665 Latin
Code Language
7678 Lingala
7679 Laothian
7684 Lithuanian
7686 Latvian, Lettish
7771 Malagasy
7773 Maori
7775 Macedonian
7776 Malayalam
7778 Mongolian
7779 Moldavian
7782 Marathi
7783 Malay
7784 Maltese
7789 Burmese
7865 Nauru
7869 Nepali
7876 Dutch
7879 Norwegian
7982 Oriya
8065 Panjabi
8076 Polish
8083 Pashto, Pushto
8084 Portuguese
8185 Quechua
8277 Rhaeto-Romance
8279 Rumanian
8285 Russian
8365 Sanskrit
8368 Sindhi
8372 Serbo-Croatian
8373 Singhalese
Code Language
8375 Slovak
8376 Slovenian
8377 Samoan
8378 Shona
8379 Somali
8381 Albanian
8382 Serbian
8385 Sudanese
8386 Swedish
8387 Swahili
8465 Tamil
8469 Telugu
8471 Tajik
8472 Thai
8473 Tigrinya
8475 Turkmen
8476 Tagalog
8479 Tonga
8482 Turkish
8484 Tatar
8487 Twi
8575 Ukrainian
8582 Urdu
8590 Uzbek
8673 Vietnamese
8679 Volapük
8779 Wolof
8872 Xhosa
8979 Yoruba
9072 Chinese
9085 Zulu
Enter the appropriate code number for the initial settings “Disc Audio”, “Disc Subtitle” and/or “Disc Menu”
(See page 13).
Page 60
1-59
REFERENCE
Code Area
AD Andorra
AE United Arab Emirates
AF Afghanistan
AG Antigua and Barbuda
AI Anguilla
AL Albania
AM Armenia
AN Netherlands Antilles
AO Angola
AQ Antarctica
AR Argentina
AS American Samoa
AT Austria
AU Australia
AW Aruba
AZ Azerbaidjan
BA Bosnia-Herzegovina
BB Barbados
BD Bangladesh
BE Belgium
BF Burkina Faso
BG Bulgaria
BH Bahrain
BI Burundi
BJ Benin
BM Bermuda
BN Brunei Darussalam
BO Bolivia
BR Brazil
BS Bahamas
BT Bhutan
BV Bouvet Island
BW Botswana
BY Belarus
BZ Belize
CA Canada
CC Cocos (Keeling) Islands
CF Central African Republic
CG Congo
CH Switzerland
CI Ivory Coast
CK Cook Islands
CL Chile
CM Cameroon
CN China
CO Colombia
CR Costa Rica
CS Former Czechoslovakia
CU Cuba
CV Cape Verde
CX Christmas Island
CY Cyprus
CZ Czech Republic
DE Germany
DJ Djibouti
DK Denmark
DM Dominica
DO Dominican Republic
DZ Algeria
EC Ecuador
EE Estonia
EG Egypt
EH Western Sahara
Code Area
ER Eritrea
ES Spain
ET Ethiopia
FI Finland
FJ Fiji
FK Falkland Islands
FM Micronesia
FO Faroe Islands
FR France
FX France (European
Territory)
GA Gabon
GB Great Britain
GD Grenada
GE Georgia
GF French Guyana
GH Ghana
GI Gibraltar
GL Greenland
GM Gambia
GN Guinea
GP Guadeloupe (French)
GQ Equatorial Guinea
GR Greece
GS S. Georgia & S. Sandwich
Isls.
GT Guatemala
GU Guam (USA)
GW Guinea Bissau
GY Guyana
HK Hong Kong
HM Heard and McDonald
Islands
HN Honduras
HR Croatia
HT Haiti
HU Hungary
ID Indonesia
IE Ireland
IL Israel
IN India
IO British Indian Ocean
Territory
IQ Iraq
IR Iran
IS Iceland
IT Italy
JM Jamaica
JO Jordan
JP Japan
KE Kenya
KG Kyrgyzstan
KH Cambodia6
KI Kiribati
KM Comoros
KN
Saint Kitts & Nevis Anguilla
KP North Korea
KR South Korea
KW Kuwait
KY Cayman Islands
KZ Kazakhstan
LA Laos
LB Lebanon
Code Area
LC Saint Lucia
LI Liechtenstein
LK Sri Lanka
LR Liberia
LS Lesotho
LT Lithuania
LU Luxembourg
LV Latvia
LY Libya
MA Morocco
MC Monaco
MD Moldavia
MG Madagascar
MH Marshall Islands
MK Macedonia
ML Mali
MM Myanmar
MN Mongolia
MO Macau
MP Northern Mariana Islands
MQ Martinique (French)
MR Mauritania
MS Montserrat
MT Malta
MU Mauritius
MV Maldives
MW Malawi
MX Mexico
MY Malaysia
MZ Mozambique
NA Namibia
NC New Caledonia (French)
NE Niger
NF Norfolk Island
NG Nigeria
NI Nicaragua
NL Netherlands
NO Norway
NP Nepal
NR Nauru
NU Niue
NZ New Zealand
OM Oman
PA Panama
PE Peru
PF Polynesia (French)
PG Papua New Guinea
PH Philippines
PK Pakistan
PL Poland
PM Saint Pierre and Miquelon
PN Pitcairn Island
PR Puerto Rico
PT Portugal
PW Palau
PY Paraguay
QA Qatar
RE Reunion (French)
RO Romania
RU Russian Federation
RW Rwanda
SA Saudi Arabia
SB Solomon Islands
Code Area
SC Seychelles
SD Sudan
SE Sweden
SG Singapore
SH Saint Helena
SI Slovenia
SJ Svalbard and Jan Mayen
Islands
SK Slovak Republic
SL Sierra Leone
SM San Marino
SN Senegal
SO Somalia
SR Suriname
ST Saint Tome and Principe
SU Former USSR
SV El Salvador
SY Syria
SZ Swaziland
TC Turks and Caicos Islands
TD Chad
TF French Southern
Territories
TG Togo
TH Thailand
TJ Tadjikistan
TK Tokelau
TM Turkmenistan
TN Tunisia
TO Tonga
TP East Timor
TR Turkey
TT Trinidad and Tobago
TV Tuvalu
TW Taiwan
TZ Tanzania
UA Ukraine
UG Uganda
UK United Kingdom
UM USA Minor Outlying
Islands
US United States
UY Uruguay
UZ Uzbekistan
VA Vatican City State
VC Saint Vincent &
Grenadines
VE Venezuela
VG Virgin Islands (British)
VI Virgin Islands (USA)
VN Vietnam
VU Vanuatu
WF Wallis and Futuna Islands
WS Samoa
YE Yemen
YT Mayotte
YU Yugoslavia
ZA South Africa
ZM Zambia
ZR Zaire
ZW Zimbabwe
Area Code List
Enter the appropriate code number for the initial setting “Area Code” (See page 15).
Page 61
1-60
Specifications
General
Power requirements AC 120V , 60 Hz
Power consumption 14W
Dimensions (approx.) 430 X 79.9 X 410 mm (16.9 x 3.2 x 16.2 inches) (w x h x d)
Mass (approx.) 5.1 kg (12.3 lbs)
Operating temperature 5˚C to 35˚C (41˚F to 95˚F)
Operating humidity 5 % to 90 %
System
Laser Semiconductor laser, wavelength 650 nm
Signal system NTSC
Frequency response DVD (PCM 96 kHz): 8 Hz to 44 kHz
DVD (PCM 48 kHz): 8 Hz to 22 kHz
CD: 8 Hz to 20 kHz
Signal-to-noise ratio More than 100dB (ANALOG OUT connectors only)
Harmonic distortion Less than 0.008%
Dynamic range More than 100 dB (DVD)
More than 95 dB (CD)
Outputs
VIDEO OUT 1 Vp-p 75 ohms, sync negative, RCA jack x 1
S-VIDEO OUT (Y) 1.0 V (p-p), 75 Ω, negative sync., Mini DIN 4-pin x 1
(C) 0.3 V (p-p) 75 ohms
COMPONENT VIDEO OUT (Y) 1.0 V (p-p), 75 Ω, negative sync., RCA jack x 1
(Pb)/(Pr) 0.7 V (p-p), 75 Ω, RCA jack x 2
Audio output (digital audio) 0.5 V (p-p), 75 Ω, RCA jack x 1
Audio output (optical audio) 5 V (p-p), 75 Ω, Optical connector x 1
Audio output (analog audio) 2.0 Vrms (1 KHz, 0 dB), 330 Ω, RCA jack (L, R) x 2
Accessory
Video cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
Audio cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
Remote control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
Batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
zz
Design and specifications are subject to change without notice.
Manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories. “Dolby” and the double-D symbol are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories.
Confidential unpublished works. Copyright 1992-1997 Dolby Laboratories. All rights reserved.
“DTS” and “DTS Digital Out” are trademarks of Digital Theater Systems, Inc.
Page 62
1-61
OTHERS
Toshiba America Consumer Products, Inc. (“TACP”), Toshiba Hawaii (“THI”) and Toshiba Canada Limited (“TCL”) make the following limited warranties. These limited warranties extend to original purchaser or any person receiving this set as a gift from the original purchaser and to no other purchaser or transferee.
Limited Ninety (90) Day Warranty
TACP/THI warrant this product against defects in materials or
workmanship for a period of ninety (90) days after the date of
original retail purchase. During this period, TACP/ THI will
repair or replace a defective product or part, at their option,
with a new or refurbished product or part without charge to
you. You must deliver the entire product to a TACP/THI
Authorized Service Station. You are responsible for all transportation and insurance charges for the unit to and from the
Authorized Service Station. If you live in the
U.S.A. you may, at your option, return your DVD Unit to:
Toshiba America Consumer Products Inc.
Returns Center
1420C Toshiba Dr.
Lebanon, TN 37087
Upon receipt we will, at our option, exchange the DVD Unit
with a new or refurbished unit. Canadian consumers are
requested to contact TCL. In Hawaii consumers are
requested to contact THI.
Limited One (1) Year Warranty
TACP/THI further warrant the parts in this product against
defects in materials or workmanship for a period of one (1)
year after the date of original retail purchase. During this period, TACP/THI will repair or replace a defective product or part,
at their option, with a new or refurbished product or part without charge to you, except that if a defective part is replaced
after ninety (90) days from the date of the original retail purchase you pay labor charges involved in the replacement. You
must also deliver the entire product to a TACP/THI Authorized
Service Station. You are responsible for all transportation and
insurance charges for the unit to and from the Authorized
Service Station. If you live in the U.S.A. you may, at your
option, return your DVD Unit to:
Toshiba America Consumer Products Inc.
Returns Center
1420C Toshiba Dr.
Lebanon, TN 37087
Upon receipt we will, at our option, exchange the DVD Unit
with a new or refurbished unit. Canadian Consumers are
requested to contact TCL. In Hawaii consumers are
requested to contact THI.
Rental Units
The warranty for rental units begin with the first rental or thirty
(30) days from the date of shipment to the rental firm, whichever comes first.
Commercial Units
Products sold and used for commercial use have a limited
ninety (90) day warranty for all parts and labor.
Owner’s Manual
You should read the owner’s manual thoroughly before operating this product. You should complete and mail the enclosed
Demographic card within ten (10) days after you, or the person
who has given you this product as a gift, purchased this product. This is one way to enable TACP to provide you with better
customer service and improved products. Failure to return the
card will not affect your rights under this warranty.
Your Responsibility
The above warranties are subject to the following conditions:
(1) You must retain your bill of sale or provide other proof of
purchase.
(2) You must notify a TACP/THI/TCL /Authorized Service
Station within thirty (30) days after you discover a defective
product or part.
(3) All warranty servicing of this product must be made by a
TACP/THI/TCLAuthorized Service Station.
(4) U.S.A. warranties are effective only if the product is pur-
chased and operated in the Continental U.S.A. or Puerto
Rico.
(5) Labor service charges for set installation. Set up, adjust-
ment of customer controls and installation or repair of
antenna systems are not covered by this warranty.
Reception problems caused by inadequate antenna systems are your responsibility.
(6) Warranties extend only to defects in materials or workman-
ship as limited above and do not extend to any product or
parts which have been lost or discarded by you or to damage to products or parts caused by misuse, accident, damage caused by Acts of God, such as lighting or fluctuations
in electric power, improper installation, improper maintenance or use in violation of instructions furnished by us; or
to units which have been altered or modified without authorization of TACP/THI/TCL or to damage to products or part
thereof which have had the serial number removed,
altered, defaced or rendered illegible.
(7) Should you elect to return your DVD Unit to TACP after the
ninety (90) days and within one (1) year, or after the warranty period has expired: Call (800)-631-3811 to receive
information concerning an exchange price. Payment must
be enclosed with product in the form of a certified check or
money order including reason for return.
(8) Physically damaged DVD Units are not acceptable for
repair or exchange whether in or out of warranty and will
be returned as received.
(Continued)
LIMITED WARRANTY DVD VIDEO PLAYER
Page 63
1-62
How to Obtain Warranty Service
(1) Refer to the troubleshooting guide in your owner’s manual. This check list may solve your problem.
(2) In the U.S.A., only call the TACP toll free number 800-631-3811, or if in Hawaii or Canada see listing below within (30) days
after you find a defective product or part.
(3) Arrange for the delivery of the product to the TACP/THI/TCL Authorized Service Station or TACP Return Center. Products
shipped to the Service Station must be insured and safely and securely packed, preferably in the original shipping carton,
and a letter explaining the defect and also a copy of the bill of sale or other proof of purchase must be enclosed.
ATTENTION CANADIAN CONSUMERS:
Canadian consumers are requested to complete the special Canadian “Warranty Registration Form” enclosed, and forward this
completed form with a copy of bill of sale to TOSHIBA OF CANADA to “Register and Validate” their warranty. Product must be
purchased from an Authorized Canadian Dealer. Products purchased in the U.S.A. and used in Canada are not covered by
these warranties.
All warranties implied by state law, including the implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose, are
expressly limited to the duration of the limited warranties set forth above. With the exception of any warranties implied by state law
as hereby limited, the foregoing warranty is exclusive and in lieu of all other warranties, guarantees, agreements and similar obligations of manufacturer or seller with respect to the repair or replacement of any parts. In no event shall TACP/THI be liable for
consequential or incidental damages.
No person, agent, distributor, dealer or company is authorized to change, modify or extend the terms of these warranties in any
manner whatsoever. The time within which an action must be commenced to enforce any obligation of TACP/THI arising under the
warranty or under any statute, or law of the United States or any state thereof, is hereby limited to ninety (90) days from the date
you discover or should have discovered, the defect. This limitation does not apply to implied warranties arising under state law.
This warranty gives you specific legal rights and you may also have other rights which may vary from state to state. Some states
do not allow limitation on how long an implied warranty lasts, when an action may be brought, or the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages, so the above provisions may not apply to you.
IMPORTANT: PACKING AND SHIPPING INSTRUCTION
When you send the product to a Service Station, you must use the original carton box and packing material, then insert the
original carton box containing the unit into another carton using more packing material.
In the Continental United States contact: In Hawaii contact:
Toshiba Hawaii Inc.
327 Kamakee Street
Honolulu, HA 96814
(808)-521-5377
In Canada contact:
Consumer Electronics Group
191 McNabb Street
Markham, Ontario L3R 8H2
(905)-470-5400
Consumer Electronics Group
1643 North Service Road
Droval, QC H9P 1J1
(514)-856-4100
Consumer Electronics Group
22171 Fraserwood Way
Richmond, B.C. V6W 1J5
(604)-303-2500
Toll Free
800-631-3811
LIMITED WARRANTY DVD VIDEO PLAYER (Continued)
Page 64
1-63
CAUTION : DO NOT ATTEMPT TO MODIFY THIS PRODUCT IN ANY WAY,
NEVER PERFORM CUSTOMIZED INSTALLATIONS WITHOUT MANUFACTURER’S APPROVAL. UNAUTHORIZED MODIFICATIONS WILL NOT ONLY
VOID THE WARRANTY, BUT MAY LEAD TO YOUR BEING LIABLE FOR ANY
RESULTING PROPERTY DAMAGE OR USER INJURY.
SERVICE WORK SHOULD BE PERFORMED ONLY AFTER YOU ARE
THOROUGHLY FAMILIAR WITH ALL OF THE FOLLOWING SAFETY
CHECKS AND SERVICING GUIDELINES. TO DO OTHERWISE,
INCREASES THE RISK OF POTENTIAL HAZARDS AND INJURY TO THE
USER.
WHILE SERVICING, USE AN ISOLATION TRANSFORMER FOR PROTECTION FROM A.C. LINE SHOCK.
SAFETY CHECKS
AFTER THE ORIGINAL SERVICE PROBLEM HAS BEEN CORRECTED. A
CHECK SHOULD BE MADE OF THE FOLLOWING.
SUBJECT : FIRE & SHOCK HAZARD
1. BE SURE THAT ALL COMPONENTS ARE POSITIONED IN SUCH A WAY
AS TO AVOID POSSIBILITY OF ADJACENT COMPONENT SHORTS.
THIS IS ESPECIALLY IMPORTANT ON THOSE MODULES WHICH ARE
TRANSPORTED TO AND FROM THE REPAIR SHOP.
2. NEVER RELEASE A REPAIR UNLESS ALL PROTECTIVE DEVICES
SUCH AS INSULATORS, BARRIERS, COVERS, SHIELDS, STRAIN
RELIEFS, POWER SUPPLY CORDS, AND OTHER HARDWARE HAVE
BEEN REINSTALLED PER ORIGINAL DESIGN. BE SURE THAT THE
SAFETY PURPOSE OF THE POLARIZED LINE PLUG HAS NOT BEEN
DEFEATED.
3. SOLDERING MUST BE INSPECTED TO DISCOVER POSSIBLE COLD
SOLDER JOINTS, SOLDER SPLASHES OR SHARP SOLDER POINTS.
BE CERTAIN TO REMOVE ALL LOOSE FOREIGN PARTICLES.
4. CHECK FOR PHYSICAL EVIDENCE OF DAMAGE OR DETERIORATION
TO PARTS AND COMPONENTS, FOR FRAYED LEADS, DAMAGED
INSULATION (INCLUDING A.C. CORD), AND REPLACE IF NECESSARY.
FOLLOW ORIGINAL LAYOUT, LEAD LENGTH AND DRESS.
5. NO LEAD OR COMPONENT SHOULD TOUCH A RECIVING TUBE OR
A RESISTOR RATED AT 1 WATT OR MORE. LEAD TENSION AROUND
PROTRUDING METAL SURFACES MUST BE AVOIDED.
6. ALL CRITICAL COMPONENTS SUCH AS FUSES, FLAMEPROOF
RESISTORS, CAPACITORS, ETC. MUST BE REPLACED WITH EXACT
FACTORY TYPES, DO NOT USE REPLACEMENT COMPONENTS
OTHER THAN THOSE SPECIFIED OR MAKE UNRECOMMENDED CIRCUIT MODIFICATIONS.
7. AFTER RE-ASSEMBLY OF THE SET ALWAYS PERFORM AN A.C.
LEAKAGE TEST ON ALL EXPOSED METALLIC PARTS OF THE CABINET, (THE CHANNEL SELECTOR KNOB, ANTENNA TERMINALS. HANDLE AND SCREWS) TO BE SURE THE SET IS SAFE TO OPERATE
WITHOUT DANGER OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK. DO NOT USE A LINE
ISOLATION TRANSFORMER DURING THIS TEST USE AN A.C. VOLTMETER, HAVING 5000 OHMS PER VOLT OR MORE SENSITIVITY, IN
THE FOLLOWING MANNER; CONNECT A 1500 OHM 10 WATT RESISTOR, PARALLELED BY A .15 MFD. 150.V A.C TYPE CAPACITOR
BETWEEN A KNOWN GOOD EARTH GROUND (WATER PIPE, CONDUIT, ETC.) AND THE EXPOSED METALLIC PARTS, ONE AT A TIME.
MEASURE THE A.C. VOLTAGE ACROSS THE COMBINATION OF 1500
OHM RESISTOR AND .15 MFD CAPACITOR. REVERSE THE A.C. PLUG
AND REPEAT A.C. VOLTAGE MEASUREMENTS FOR EACH EXPOSED
METALLIC PART. VOLTAGE MEASURED MUST NOT EXCEED 75
VOLTS R.M.S. THIS CORRESPONDS TO 0.5 MILLIAMP A.C ANY
VALUE EXCEEDING THIS LIMIT CONSTITUTES A POTENTIAL SHOCK
HAZARD AND MUST BE CORRECTED IMMEDIATELY.
SUBJECT: GRAPHIC SYMBOLS
THE LIGHTNING FLASH WITH APROWHEAD SYMBOL. WITHIN
AN EQUILATERAL TRIANGLE, IS INTENDED TO ALERT THE
SERVICE PERSONNEL TO THE PRESENCE OF UNINSULATED
“DANGEROUS VOLTAGE” THAT MAY BE OF SUFFICIENT MAGNITUDE TO CONSTITUTE A RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK.
THE EXCLAMATION POINT WITHIN AN EQUILATERAL TRIANGLE IS INTENDED TO ALERT THE SERVICE PERSONNEL TO
THE PRESENCE OF IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION IN
SERVICE LITERATURE.
SUBJECT : X-RADIATION
1. BE SURE PROCEDURES AND INSTRUCTIONS TO ALL SERVICE PERSONNEL COVER THE SUBJECT OF X-RADIATION. THE ONLY POTENTIAL SOURCE OF X-RAYS IN CURRENT T.V. RECEIVERS IS THE PICTURE TUBE. HOWEVER, THIS TUBE DOES NOT EMIT X-RAYS WHEN
THE HIGH VOLTAGE IS AT THE FACTORY SPECIFIED LEVEL. THE
PROPER VALUE IS GIVEN IN THE APPLICABLE SCHEMATIC. OPERATION AT HIGHER VOLTAGES MAY CAUSE A FAILURE OF THE PICTURE TUBE OR HIGH VOLTAGE SUPPLY AND, UNDER CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES, MAY PRODUCE RADIATION IN EXCESS OF DESIRABLE LEVELS.
2. ONLY FACTORY SPECIFIED C.R.T. ANODE CONNECTORS MUST BE
USED. DEGAUSSING SHIELDS ALSO SERVE AS AN X-RAY SHIELD IN
COLOR SETS, ALWAYS RE-INSTALL THEM.
3. IT IS ESSNTIAL THAT SERVICE PERSONNEL HAVE AVAILABLE AN
ACCURATE AND RELIABLE HIGH VOLTAGE METER. THE CALIBRATION OF THE METER SHOULD BE CHECKED PERIODICALLY
AGAINST A REFERENCE STANDARD, SUCH AS THE ONE AVAILABLE
AT YOUR DISTRIBUTOR.
4. WHEN THE HIGH VOLTAGE CIRCUITRY IS OPERATING PROPERLY
THERE IS NO POSSIBILITY OF AN X-RADIATION PROBLEM. EVERY
TIME A COLOR CHASSIS IS SERVICED. THE BRIGHTNESS SHOULD
BE RUN UP AND DOWN WHILE MONITORING THE HIGH VOLTAGE
WITH A METER TO BE CERTAIN THAT THE HIGH VOLTAGE DOES
NOT EXCEED THE SPECIFIED VALUE AND THAT IT IS REGULATING
CORRECTLY. WE SUGGEST THAT YOU AND YOUR SERVICE ORGANIZATION REVIEW TEST PROCEDURES SO THAT VOLTAGE REGULATION IS ALWAYS CHECKED AS A STANDARD SERVICING PROCEDURE AND THAT THE HIGH VOLTAGE READING BE RECORDED ON
EACH CUSTOMER’S INVOICE.
5. WHEN TROUBLESHOOTING AND MAKING TEST MEASUREMENTS IN
A PRODUCT WITH A PROBLEM OF EXCESSIVE HIGH VOLTAGE,
AVOID BEING UNNECESSARILY CLOSE TO THE PICTURE TUBE AND
THE HIGH VOLTAGE SUPPLY. DO NOT OPERATE THE PRODUCT
LONGER THAN IT IS NECESSARY TO LOCATE THE CAUSE OF EXCESSIVE VOLTAGE.
6. REFER TO HV. B+ AND SHUTDOWN ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURES
DESCRIBED IN THE APPROPRIATE SCHEMATIC AND DIAGRAMS
(WHERE USED).
SUBJECT: IMPLOSION
1. ALL DIRECT VIEWED PICTURE TUBES ARE EQUIPPED WITH AN INTEGRAL IMPLOSION PROTECTION SYSTEM, BUT CARE SHOULD BE
TAKEN TO AVOID DAMAGE DURING INSTALLATION, AVOID
SCRATCHING THE TUBE. IF SCRATCHED REPLACE IT.
2. USE ONLY RECOMMENDED FACTORY REPLACEMENT TUBES.
SUBJECT : TIPS ON PROPER INSTALLATION
1. NEVER INSTALL ANY PRODUCT IN A CLOSED-IN RECESS, CUBBYHOLE OR CLOSELY FITTING SHELF SPACE, OVER OR CLOSE TO
HEAT DUCT, OR IN THE PATH OF HEATED AIR FLOW.
2. AVOID CONDITIONS OF HIGH HUMIDITY SUCH AS: OUTDOOR PATIO
INSTALLATIONS WHERE DEW IS A FACTOR, NEAR STEAM RADIATORS WHERE STEAM LEAKAGE IS A FACTOR, ETC.
3. AVOID PLACEMENT WHERE DRAPERIES MAY OBSTRUCT REAR
VENTING. THE CUSTOMER SHOULD ALSO AVOID THE USE OF DECORATIVE SCARVES OR OTHER COVERINGS WHICH MIGHT
OBSTRUCT VENTILATION.
4. WALL AND SHELF MOUNTED INSTALLATIONS USING A COMMERCIAL MOUNTING KIT, MUST FOLLOW THE FACTORY APPROVED
MOUNTING INSTRUCTIONS. A PRODUCT MOUNTED TO A SHELF OR
PLATFORM MUST RETAIN ITS ORIGINAL FEET (OR THE EQUIVALENT
THICKNESS IN SPACERS) TO PROVIDE ADEQUATE AIR FLOW
ACROSS THE BOTTOM. BOLTS OR SCREWS USED FOR FASTENERS
MUST NOT TOUCH ANY PARTS OR WIRING. PERFORM LEAKAGE
TEST ON CUSTOMIZED INSTALLATIONS.
5. CAUTION CUSTOMERS AGAINST THE MOUNTING OF A PRODUCT ON
SLOPING SHELF OR A TILTED POSITION, UNLESS THE PRODUCT IS
PROPERLY SECURED.
6. A PRODUCT ON A ROLL-ABOUT CART SHOULD BE STABLE ON ITS
MOUNTING TO THE CART. CAUTION THE CUSTOMER ON THE HAZARDS OF TRYING TO ROLL A CART WITH SMALL CASTERS ACROSS
THRESHOLDS OR DEEP PILE CARPETS.
7. CAUTION CUSTOMERS AGAINST THE USE OF A CART OR STAND
WHICH HAS NOT BEEN LISTED BY UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES,
INC. FOR USE WITH THEIR SPECIFIC MODEL OF TELEVISION
RECEIVER OR GENERICALLY APPROVED FOR USE WITH T.V.’S OF
THE SAME OR LARGER SCREEN SIZE.
8. CAUTION CUSTOMERS AGAINST THE USE OF EXTENSION CORDS.
EXPLAIN THAT A FOREST OF EXTENSIONS SPROUTING FROM A SINGLE OUTLET CAN LEAD TO DISASTROUS CONSEQUENCES TO
HOME AND FAMILY.
PRODUCT SAFETY SERVICING GUIDELINES FOR VIDEO PRODUCTS
A.C. VOLTMETER
GOOD EARTH GROUND
SUCH AS THE WATER
PIPE. CONDUIT. ETC
PLACE THIS PROBE
ON EACH EXPOSED
METAL PART
Page 65
1-64
SERVICING PRECAUTIONS
CAUTION : Before servicing the DVD covered by this service
data and its supplements and ADDENDUMS, read and follow the SAFETY PRECAUTIONS. NOTE : if unforeseen circumstances create conflict between the following servicing
precautions and any of the safety precautions in this publications, always follow the safety precautions.
Remember Safety First:
General Servicing Precautions
1. Always unplug the DVD AC power cord from the AC
power source before:
(1) Removing or reinstalling any component, circuit board,
module, or any other assembly.
(2) Disconnection or reconnecting any internal electrical
plug or other electrical connection.
(3) Connecting a test substitute in parallel with an elec-
trolytic capacitor.
Caution : A wrong part substitution or incorrect
polarity installation of electrolytic capacitors may result
in an explosion hazard.
2. Do not spray chemicals on or near this DVD or any of
its assemblies.
3. Unless specified otherwise in this service data, clean
electrical contacts by applying an appropriate contact
cleaning solution to the contacts with a pipe cleaner,
cotton-tipped swab, or comparable soft applicator.
Unless specified otherwise in this service data, lubrication
of contacts is not required.
4. Do not defeat any plug/socket B+ voltage interlocks with
whitch instruments covered by this service manual might
be equipped.
5. Do not apply AC power to this DVD and/or any of its
electrical assemblies unless all solid-state device heat
sinks are cerrectly installed.
6. Always connect test instrument ground lead to the
appropriate ground before connection the test instrument
positive lead. Always remove the test instrument ground
lead last.
Insulation Checking Procedure
Disconnect the attachment plug from the AC outlet and turn
the power on. Connect an insulation resistance meter(500V)
to the blades of the attachment plug. The insulation resistance between each blade of the attachment plug and accessible conductive parts (Note 1) should be more than 1Mohm.
Note 1 : Accessible Conductive Parts including Metal panels, Input terminals, Earphone jacks, etc.
Electrostatically Sensitive (ES) Devices
Some semiconductor (solid state) devices can be damaged
easily by static electricity. Such components commonly are
called Electrostatically Sensitive (ES) Devices. Examples of
typical ES devices are integrated circuits and some field
effect transistors and semiconductor chip components.
The following techniques should be used to help reduce the
incidence of component damage caused by static electricity.
1. Immediately before handling any semiconductor component or semiconductor-equipped assembly, drain off any
electrostatic charge on your body by touching a known
earth ground. Alternatively, obtain and wear a commercially available discharging wrist strap device, which
should be removed for potential shock reasons prior to
applying power to the unit under test.
2. After removing an electrical assembly equipped with ES
devices, place the assembly on a conductive surface such
as aluminum foil, to prevent electrostatic charge buildup or
exposure of the assembly.
3. Use only a GROUNDED-tip soldering iron to solder or
unsolder ES devices.
4. Use only an anti-static solder removal device. Some
solder removal devices not classified a “anti-static” can
generate electrical charges sufficient to damage ES
devices.
5. Do not use freon-propelled chemicals. These can
generate electrical charge sufficient to damage ES
devices.
6. Do not remove a replacement ES device from its protec
tive package until immediately before you are ready to
install it. (Most replacement ES devices are packaged with
leads electrically shorted together by conductive foam,
aluminum foil, or comparable conductive material).
7. Immediately before removing the protective material from
the leads of a replacement ES device, touch the protective
material to the chassis or circuit assembly into which the
device will be installed.
Caution : Be sure no power is applied to the chassis or
circuit, and observe all other safety precautions.
8. Minimize bodily motions when handling unpackaged
replacement ES devices. (Normally harmless motion such
as the brushing together of your clothes fabric or the lifting
of your foot from a carpeted floor can generate static electricity sufficient to damage an ES device.)
Page 66
2-1
SECTION 2
CABINET & MAIN CHASSIS
CONTENTS
EXPLODED VIEWS .....................................................................................................................2-2
1. Cabinet and Main Frame Section ...........................................................................................2-2
2. Deck Mechanism Section........................................................................................................2-3
3. Packing Accessory Section....................................................................................................2-5
Page 67
2-2
EXPLODED VIEWS
1. Cabinet and Main Frame Section
465
465
250
462
462
300
DIG901
465
261
260
275
463
463
465
463
463
463
A00
A43
A42
A47
A46
A48
A49
283
280
452
452
A
5
4
3
2
1
BCD
Page 68
2-3
2. Deck Mechanism Section
016
012
012
014
014
009
011
008
432
430
430
430
430
031
001
003
004
026
025
002
414
415
415
413
413
413
414
414
416
034
033
035
416
416
416
416
037
030
022
023
021
020
036
A03
A01
A02
A04
038
416
005
005
024
039
039
463
040
040
463
008B
008A
038A
022A
032
041
A
5
4
3
2
1
BCD
Page 69
2-4
• Cabinet and Main Frame Section• Cabinet and Main Frame Section Part List
S AL LOCA.NO PART NO(LG) ABCDDESCRIPTION SPECIFICATION REMARKS
ASSEMBLY PARTS SECTION
A42 6871R-5103A OOOOPWB(PCB) ASSEMBLY,TOTAL DMB6000 SH TOSHIBA KEY1
A43 3501RF4033A O BOARD ASSEMBLY DMB6024N
A43 3501RF4033B O O O BOARD ASSEMBLY DMB6022N HA1UTT
A46 6871R-5094D O PWB(PCB) ASSEMBLY,TOTAL DMB6024N HA1UTT 5 SLIM MAIN P2
A46 6885R-0650C O SUB PWB(PCB) ASSEMBLY DMB6024N HA1UTT TOSHIBA R1 ENG
A46 6885R-0650D O SUB PWB(PCB) ASSEMBLY DMB6022N HA1UTT TOSHIBA R1 ENG
A46 6885R-0650E O SUB PWB(PCB) ASSEMBLY DMB6022N HA1CTT TOSHIBA R1 ENG
A46 6885R-0650F O SUB PWB(PCB) ASSEMBLY DMB6022N HA1UTTA TOSHIBA R1 EN
A47 6871R-5095A OOOOPWB(PCB) ASSEMBLY,TOTAL DM6000 SH SMPS
A48 6871R-5096B OOOOPWB(PCB) ASSEMBLY,TOTAL DMB6000 SH TIMER
A49 6871R-5104A OOOOPWB(PCB) ASSEMBLY,TOTAL DMB6000 SH KEY2
PARTS SECTION
250 3111R-D001B O CASE ASSEMBLY DMB6024N EVNT
250 3111R-D001C O O O CASE ASSEMBLY DMB6022N HA1UTT
260 3141R-0067Q O CHASSIS ASSEMBLY DV6024N HA1UTT NSP
260 3141R-0067R O O O CHASSIS ASSEMBLY DVB6022N HA1UTT NSP
261 4930R-0350A OOOOHOLDER,SHELF DVD DM6000 PWB
275 4930R-0351A OOOOHOLDER,SHELF DVD DM6000 BRACKET
279 4940R-Z081A O KNOB NAVIGATION(DMB6024N)
279 4940R-Z081B O O O KNOB NAVIGATION(DMB6022N)
280 3721R-F298A O PANEL ASSEMBLY,FRONT FRONT(DMB6024N)
280 3721R-F298B O O O PANEL ASSEMBLY,FRONT FRONT(DMB6022N HA1UTT)
283 3581R-T065A O DOOR ASSEMBLY DVD DMB6024N TRAY
283 3581R-T065B O O DOOR ASSEMBLY DVD DMB6022N TRAY
283 3581R-T065C O DOOR ASSEMBLY DVD DMB6022N TRAY HA1UTTA
300 6410RAHX02A OOOOPOWER CORD SP-120P/JL001 CHAUS/JULIAN UL/
SCREW
452 353-051A OOOOSCREW SPECIAL
463 353-051E OOOOSCREW SPECIAL (3X12)
463 353-051G OOOOSCREW,DRAWING + 2 D3.0 L8.0 MSWR3/FN TB ROUN
465 353-046K OOOOSCREW SPECIAL (3X10 B.K)
467 353-046N OOOOSCREW,DRAWING SPECIAL(3X8 BK.)
S AL LOCA.NO PART NO(LG) ABCDDESCRIPTION SPECIFICATION REMARKS
ASSEMBLY PARTS SECTION
A00 6721RH0332A OOOODECK ASSEMBLY,VIDEO DPM-3 (DVD-CD R/RW MITSUMI 2LD
A01 4931R-0064B OOOOHOLDER ASSEMBLY CLAMP DPM3 -SH
A02 3041R-0067B OOOOBASE ASSEMBLY DPM3 TRAY -SH
A03 3041R-0061B OOOOBASE ASSEMBLY SLED-DAMPER(DVD-CD R/RW MITSUM
A04 3041R-0068B OOOOBASE ASSEMBLY DPM3 MAIN -SH
PARTS SECTION
001 3300R-0547A OOOOPLATE CLAMP
002 5016H-1016B OOOOMAGNET CLAMP(LDM-R608,10*5,1*1.5T) NSP
NSP
003 4860R-0019A OOOOCLAMP UPPER(DPM3) NSP
004 4930R-0345A OOOOHOLDER,SHELF CLAMP(DPM3) NSP
005 5040R-0087A OOOORUBBER H/CLAMP NSP
008 4470R-0047A OOOOGEAR ASSY RACK
008A 6850R-JW26Z OOOOCABLE,FLAT P=1.0 FFC UL2896(0.035X0.7) 23
008B 6850R-GH18Z OOOOCABLE,FLAT P=1.0 FFC UL2896(0.05X0.65) 8
009 4470R-0053A OOOOGEAR MIDDLE
011 3210R-0082A OOOOFRAME U/D(DPM3)
012 5040R-0047D OOOORUBBER DAMPER(HARDNESS=30),DARKGREEN
014 5040R-0047B OOOORUBBER DAMPER(E2,5040H-1054A),CHUNPOO
016 4470R-0050A OOOOGEAR ASSY FEED
020 4470R-0118A OOOOGEAR WHEEL TRAY
021 4470R-0074A OOOOGEAR TRAY
022 6871R-9232B OOOOPWB(PCB) ASSEMBLY,TOTAL DPM3 TRAY-SH
022A 6850R-JF20A OOOOCABLE,FLAT P=1.0 FFC UL2896(0.035X0.7) 6
023 4580R-0006A OOOOROLLER BASE TRAY
024 4681R-0030B OOOOMOTOR ASSEMBLY TRAY - SH
025 3040R-0082A OOOOBASE TRAY(DPM3) NSP
026 3390R-0008B OOOOTRAY DISC (DPM3)
030 3040R-0081A OOOOBASE MAIN(DPM3)
031 4470R-0069A OOOOGEAR SLIDER
032 4470R-0067A OOOOGEAR MAIN
033 4470R-0070A OOOOGEAR EXCHANGE
034 4470R-0068B OOOOGEAR UP/DOWN
035 4470R-0071A OOOOGEAR LOADING
036 4681R-0029B OOOOMOTOR ASSEMBLY MAIN(DPM3) -SH
037 4470R-0072A OOOOGEAR WHEEL MAIN
038 6871R-9233B OOOOPWB(PCB) ASSEMBLY,TOTAL DPM3 MAIN-MODE -SH
038A 6850R-GG24Z OOOOCABLE,FLAT P=1.0 FFC UL2896(0.05X0.65) 7
039 5040R-0052A OOOORUBBER MAIN
040 4930R-0370A OOOOHOLDER,SHELF MD BRACKET
SCREW
413 4000R-0006A OOOOSCREW TAPTITE 3*8(353-025B)
414 353-051E OOOOSCREW SPECIAL (3X12)
415 1MPC0301118 OOOOSCREW MACHINE,PAN HEAD #NAME?
416 4404R-0017A OOOOMECHANISM 3*12*12(88H-0004)
430 1SZZH-1003A OOOOSCREW, + D2.0 6MM SWRCH16A/NIY 4.5MM
432 1SZZR-0011A OOOOSCREW, MACHINE
• Deck Mechanism Section Part List
Page 70
2-5
3. Packing Accessory Section
BATTERY
808
PACKING SHEET
804
PACKING
803
811
812
OWNER'S MANUAL
PLUG ASS'Y 1WAY(YELLOW)
PLUG ASS'Y 2WAY
801
REMOCON
900
BOX CARTON
802
PACKING
803
810
CABLE ASS'Y(RF)
• Packing Accessory Section Part List
S AL LOCA.NO PART NO(LG) ABCDDESCRIPTION SPECIFICATION REMARKS
801 3835RS0042K O INSTRUCTION ASSEMBLY DMB6022N_HA1UTT
801 3835RS0042L O INSTRUCTION ASSEMBLY DMB6024N_HA1UTT
801 3835RS0042M O INSTRUCTION ASSEMBLY DMB6022N_HA1CTT
801 3835RS0042N O INSTRUCTION ASSEMBLY DMB6022N_HA1UTTA
802 3890R-H785C O BOX DMB6022N HA1UTT SWM3-A 1.472 4
802 3890R-H785D O BOX DMB6024N HA1UTT SWM3-A 1.472 4
802 3890R-H785E O BOX DMB6022N HA1CTT SWM3-A 1.472 4
802 3890R-H785F O BOX DMB6022N HA1UTTA SWM3-A 1.472
803 3920R-E063A OOOOPACKING,CASING DM6000S 0.02 120 EPS 4 615 128
804 292-053B O O O BAG SOFT(MIDI) NSP
804 292-053E O BAG V3 NSP
808 841-0021 OOOOBATTERY,MN ER03X HI WATT 1.5V .MA/H AAA
810 6851RP0003N OOOOCABLE ASSY,RF DVD CABLE ASSY,RCA USING AREA
811 6611R1G001A OOOOPLUG ASSY 1WAY YELLOW GLOBAL
812 6611R2G001A OOOOPLUG ASSY 2WAY RED/WHITE GLOBAL
900 6711R1N078A O O O REMOTE CONTROLLER ASSEMBLY N6 DMB5022N AA1UTT TOSHIBA B.
900 6711R1N078B O REMOTE CONTROLLER ASSEMBLY N6 DMB5024N AA1UTT TOSHIBA GRA
MODELS:(A)SD-2815-K-TC, (B)SD-2815-K-TU, (C)SD-3815, (D)SD-K625 TOSHIBA
Page 71
3-1
SECTION 3
ELECTRICAL
CONTENTS
ELECTRICAL TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE......................................................................3-2
1. Power(SMPS) Circuit ...............................................................................................................3-2
2. µ-com Circuit............................................................................................................................3-3
3. MPEG Circuit............................................................................................................................3-6
4. Front Circuit(Digitron & Key) ................................................................................................3-7
5. RF/Servo Circuit ......................................................................................................................3-8
BLOCK DIAGRAMS ..................................................................................................................3-12
1. Overall Block Diagram ..........................................................................................................3-12
2. Power (SMPS) Block Diagram ..............................................................................................3-13
3. RF/CD DSP/DVD DSP/DVD servo Block Diagram ..............................................................3-14
4. Audio Block Diagram ............................................................................................................3-15
5. MPEG Block Diagram...........................................................................................................3-16
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS................................................................................................................3-17
1. Power (SMPS) Circuit Diagram ............................................................................................3-17
2. DVD DSP Circuit Diagram.....................................................................................................3-19
3. Drive & RF Circuit Diagram ..................................................................................................3-21
4. MPEG Circuit Diagram ..........................................................................................................3-23
• WAVEFORMS ...........................................................................................................................3-25
5. Audio DM & 5.1CH Circuit Diagram .....................................................................................3-27
6. TIMER & Key Circuit Diagram ..............................................................................................3-29
7. A/V Circuit Diagram ...............................................................................................................3-31
8. A/V Jack Circuit Diagram......................................................................................................3-33
• CIRCUIT VOLTAGE CHART .........................................................................................................3-35
PRINTED CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS ............................................................................................3-39
1. MAIN P.C.BOARD (TOP VIEW)..............................................................................................3-39
2. MAIN P.C.BOARD (BOTTOM VIEW)......................................................................................3-41
3. SMPS P.C.BOARD ..................................................................................................................3-43
4. TIMER P.C.BOARD .................................................................................................................3-44
5. KEY P.C.BOARD.....................................................................................................................3-43
Page 72
3-2
ELECTRICAL TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE
No 5V_D
or 5V_A .
No 5.2VA.
Is 5.2VA section working?
(Is the POWER CTL at
Pin6 High/low?)
Is oscillation present at the
Base of Q108?
Replace Q108.
Check D109, C123, R125,
R124.
Replace R102.
Replace BD101.
(Bridge rectifier)
Is R102(R104) normal?
Is about AC 100V applied to
IC101 Pin 3.
Check IC101.
Is 5.2V applied to IC102
Pin 1?
Is there a DC voltage at the
(+) terminal of BD101?
Check R127, 128.
(SHUTDOWN CKT)
1. Power(SMPS) Circuit
No FLD
Is 5.2VA section working?
Replace SMPS trans(T101).
Replace the inferior
components.
Are D109, L103 open?
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
A. B.
NO
NO
Page 73
3-3
Replace Main B/D
Refer to Front Part
Replace IC503
Reconnect it.
2. µ-COM Circuit
A. No Power
Does Logo appear
on the screen?
Is oscillation of
X501 normal?
Are IC501 Pins 193, 808
and 81 normal?
Do “Hello” appear at FLD?
Is P3901
connected normally?
Is P3901 Pin 7, 8, 9 normal?
The waveform
on 3, 5, 7 pin of IC503
normal?
Check the oscillation
Check short.
OK
Replace IC501
or IC3F1.
Check power.
(Refer to power)
If power is
normal
OK
POWER ON
1
1
YES
YES
YES
NO
YES
YES
YES
A
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NONO
YES
A
Page 74
3-4
B. Audio abnormal
D. Open/Close abnormal
Check the
connection of P3901.
Check IC301 Pins 3, 4.
Check Audio jack.
YES (If OK)
YES
NO
NO
YES
YES (If OK)
YES
YES (If OK)
YES (If OK)
YES (If OK)
Refer to Audio part.
Refer to Decoder part.
Refer to PANTERA part.
Replace B/D.
Check Front.
Reconnect it.
Refer to SERVO part.
Check the connection of MD.
AUDIO ABNORMAL
OPEN/CLOSE ABNORMAL
C. Video abnormal
Check Video jack.
YES (If OK)
YES (If OK)
YES (If OK)
Refer to Video part.
Refer to PANTERA part.
Replace B/D.
VIDEO ABNORMAL
Page 75
3-5
E. Picture abnormal
Check the disc.
If OK
YES (If OK)
YES (If OK)
Refer to Servo part
Check DSP
Check PANTERA
Replace B/D
PICTURE ABNORMAL
F. Disc Error
Check Disc
YES (If OK)
YES (If OK)
Refer to Servo part
Replace B/D
DISC ERROR
Page 76
3-6
Power is on
Does Logo appear
on the screen?
Does the
moving picture of the DVD Disc
play on the screen
normally?
Is PANTERA
data signal normal?
Is error signal normal?
Is PANTERA data
signal normal?
Is Clock normal?
Does the audio
sound output from PANTERA
decoder?
Does the
moving picture of the video
CD play on the screen
normally?
Does the audio sound
output normally?
END
Check power & clock.
Check CD/DVD DSP output
signal.
Check CD/DVD DSP output
signal.
Check CD/DVD DSP output
signal.
Check clock signal
Check clock signal
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
NO
NO
NO
OK
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
3. PANTERA Circuit
_ OPTION
_ If included VCD function.
Page 77
3-7
NO
NO
NO
START
Does remote control
work normally?
Do all the
buttons work
normally?
Check waveform of
IC901 Pin 14, 15.
Check waveform
of IC901 Pin 18, 19.
Is Digitron on normally?
LED ON?
Check waveform
of IC901 Pin 7.
Is oscillation of
X901 normal?
Is waveform of IC901
Pin 20 normal?
Check waveform
of IC901 Pin 15.
Does pulse
waveform of RC901 Pin 1
appear?
Is IC901
Pin 28 connected to
RC901 Pin 1 ?
Is RC901 Pin 2 5V?
Power on.
Check and replace
R926, R925.
Solder defective parts again.
Solder defective parts
Replace IC901.
Solder Key part.
Check Power.
Replace IC902.
Replace IC901.
Replace LED901.
Replace RC901.
Re-solder.
Recheck
Replace IC901.Complete repairing Front B/D.
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NONONO
NO
YES
YES YES
YES
YES YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
CD
4. Front Circuit (Digitron & key)
Page 78
3-8
Does signal pulse
input to IC201 Pins 53, 54 when
the powe is on?
Does signal goes
"High" to IC201 Pin186 when the
power is on?
Does
33.8688MHz clock input
to IC201 Pin 63?
Replace IC201
(IC206 soldering or IC defect).
Check "2.PANTERA Part".
Replace X201 or IC206
(30MHz clock defect)
CHECK POINT(General)
5. RF/Servo Circuit
A.
NO
NO
NO
YES
YES
YES
Page 79
3-9
Does tray open or close?
Does the pick-up
slide inner or outer
track?
Fig.1. SLED Driver waveform
Fig.2. Focus Driver waveform
Does
the voltage change
at PMD04 Pins 1, 2 more than
2V on the basis of
3.8V?
Pressing
the open/close key
repeatedly, check the voltage of IC2M1
Pins 13, 14 change
0V to 5V
Does
PMD03 Pin 6 change
high to low?
Does
the pick-up lens move up
and down?
Check Focus Driver output.
(IC201 Pin 88, IC2M1 Pins 37, 38)
Check SLED Driver output.
IC201 Pin 80 IC2M1 Pins 28, 29.
IC201 Pin 80 no output : IC201 is defective
IC2M1 Pins 28, 29 no output : IC2M1 is defective
IC201 Pin 88 no output : IC201 is defective
IC2M1 Pins 37,38 no output : IC2M1 is defective
DECK assembly is defective.
Slide the pick-up to
inner track.
.Power on
Check loading Part.
Push Pick-up to inner track to
the end by hand.
DECK assembly is defective.
(Limit sw)
check PANTERA Part.
Replace IC2M1.
No disc
B.
END
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
Page 80
3-10
FOCUS ON?
Check
the focus error moving the
lens up and down.
(IC2A1 Pin 39)
Does the
TTL level change at IC201
Pin 121 and 152 moving
the lens?
Does the disc turn?
IC201 Pin105 is "High"?
Is OK the track jump.
Does the signal
pulse appear at IC2A1 Pins
29?
Does the screen appear?
OPEN/CLOSE
Replace IC501 or IC201.
Replace IC201.
Check IC2A1 Pin 47,50,51,52
in DVD Mode
Fig.3. FOCUS ERROR waveform
IC201 no output : Pick-up is defective.
Check IC201 and IC2M1 when PMD03 Pin 5 is abnormal
Check IC2M1 Pin 21, PMD03
Pin 5 turn when the IC2M1
Pin 21 is less than 2.2V.
Check A
Video Part is defective.
Check "PANTERA Circuit."
Check "7.OSD/Video Circuit."
Replace PANTERA part.
IC2A1 is defective.
DISC IN
C.
END
NO
NO
NO
NO NO
NO
NO
NO
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES YES
YES
Page 81
3-11
See the eye-pattern vivid?
Does the
sawtooth waveform emit
at IC2A1 Pin 36?
Does the 1.6V emit?
Check RF Eye-Pattern.
RF : 1.5-1.6V(Q2A6 collector)
Fig.5. RF
waveform
Check IC2A1 Pins 47, 50, 51, 52.
No signal: Pick-up is defective
Replace IC201.
Check IC201 Pin84.
No signal at IC201 : IC201 is defective
• Check IC201 Pin 105.
• Check the clock at the IC201 Pins 138.
• Both are normal : IC201 is defective
Replace IC2A1.
CHECK A
D.
END
NO
NO NO NO
YES
YES YES YES
Page 82
4-1
PRODUCT NAME (TYPE) : <AN, 25 (*1)> DVD VIDEO PLAYER
CUSTOMER MODEL NAME : <AN, 25>
SD-2815-K-TC
FACTORY MODEL NAME : <AN, 25>
SD-2815-K-TC
(if necessary)
DESTINATION : <AN, 60>
PRODUCTION START : <AN, 6> 2002/10
(yyyy/mm, Not include "/")
PRICE UNIT CODE <N, (1.0)> 1: USD, 2: JPY, 3: STG, 4: OTHERS (<- Fill in Unit name at "C6" cell in case of "4" )
Location No.
or TOSHIBA Part No. Vendor's Part No. Description
Reference No.
AN, 8 (*1) AN, 25 AN, 25 AN, 60
8 79097010 4470R-0047A GEAR, ASSY RACK
008A 79096093 6850R-JW26Z CABLE,FLAT, P=1.0 FFC UL2896(0.0
008B 79096091 6850R-GH18Z CABLE,FLAT, P=1.0 FFC UL2896(0.0
9 79097011 4470R-0053A GEAR, MIDDLE
11 79096040 3210R-0082A FRAME, U/D(DPM3)
12 79096063 5040R-0047C RUBBER, DAMPER(HARDNESS=30),
14 79097014 5040R-0047A RUBBER, REAR(E2,5040H-1054A),YAMAUCHI
16 79097016 4470R-0050A GEAR, ASSY FEED
20 79096051 4470R-0118A GEAR, WHEEL TRAY
21 79097018 4470R-0074A GEAR, TRAY
22 79096099 6871R-9232B PWB(PCB) ASSEMBLY,TO, DPM3 TRAY-SH
022A 79096092 6850R-JF20A CABLE,FLAT, P=1.0 FFC UL2896(0.0
23 79097019 4580R-0006A ROLLER, BASE TRAY
24 79096053 4681R-0030B MOTOR ASSEMBLY, TRAY - SH
26 79096041 3390R-0008B TRAY, DISC (DPM3)
30 79096034 3040R-0081A BASE, MAIN(DPM3)
31 79097023 4470R-0069A GEAR, SLIDER
32 79097024 4470R-0067A GEAR, MAIN
33 79097025 4470R-0070A GEAR, EXCHANGE
34 79096050 4470R-0068B GEAR, UP/DOWN
35 79097027 4470R-0071A GEAR, LOADING
36 79096052 4681R-0029B MOTOR ASSEMBLY, MAIN(DPM3) -SH
37 79097029 4470R-0072A GEAR, WHEEL MAIN
38 79096100 6871R-9233B PWB(PCB) ASSEMBLY,TO, DPM3 MAIN-MODE -SH
038A 79096090 6850R-GG24Z CABLE,FLAT, P=1.0 FFC UL2896(0.0
39 79096064 5040R-0052A RUBBER, MAIN
40 79096059 4930R-0370A HOLDER, MD BRACKET
41 79096054 4810R-0147A BRACKET, MAIN
250 79096038 3111R-D001C CASE ASSEMBLY, DMB6022N HA1UTT
261 79096057 4930R-0350A HOLDER, DVD DM6000 PWB
275 79096058 4930R-0351A HOLDER, DVD DM6000 BRACKET
279 79096061 4940R-Z081B KNOB, NAVIGATION(DMB6022N)
280 79096045 3721R-F298B PANEL ASSEMBLY,FRONT, FRONT(DMB6022N HA1UT
283 79096044 3581R-T065B DOOR ASSEMBLY, DVD DMB6022N TRAY
300 79096072 6410RAHX02A POWER CORD, SP-120P/JL001 CHAUS/
413 79097909 4000R-0006A SCREW,DRAWING, TAPTITE 3*8(353-025B)
414 79097907 353-051E SCREW,DRAWING, SPECIAL (3X12)
415 79096032 1MPC0301118 SCREW MACHINE,PAN HEAD, #NAME?
416 79096049 4404R-0017A MECHANISM, 3*12*12(88H-0004)
430 79097901 1SZZH-1003A SCREW,DRAWING, + D2.0 6MM SWRCH16A/NIY 4.5MM 1.5MM MACHINE PAN PL
432 79097902 1SZZR-0011A SCREW,DRAWING, MACHINE
452 79097905 353-051A SCREW,DRAWING, SPECIAL
463 79097907 353-051E SCREW,DRAWING, SPECIAL (3X12)
465 79097903 353-046K SCREW,DRAWING, SPECIAL (3X10 B.K)
467 79097904 353-046N SCREW,DRAWING, SPECIAL(3X8 BK.)
801 79096046 3835RS0042M INSTRUCTION ASSEMBLY, DMB6022N_HA1CTT
802 79096047 3890R-H785E BOX, DMB6022N HA1CTT SWM3
803 79096048 3920R-E063A PACKING,CASING, DM6000S 0.02 120 EPS
Page 83
4-2
PRODUCT NAME (TYPE) : <AN, 25 (*1)> DVD VIDEO PLAYER
CUSTOMER MODEL NAME : <AN, 25>
SD-2815-K-TC
FACTORY MODEL NAME : <AN, 25>
SD-2815-K-TC
(if necessary)
DESTINATION : <AN, 60>
PRODUCTION START : <AN, 6> 2002/10
(yyyy/mm, Not include "/")
PRICE UNIT CODE <N, (1.0)> 1: USD, 2: JPY, 3: STG, 4: OTHERS (<- Fill in Unit name at "C6" cell in case of "4" )
Location No.
or TOSHIBA Part No. Vendor's Part No. Description
Reference No.
AN, 8 (*1) AN, 25 AN, 25 AN, 60
804 79096033 292-053D BAG, LVP-1
808 79096103 841-0021 BATTERY,MN, ER03X HI WATT 1.5V .
810 79096094 6851RP0003N CABLE ASSY,RF, DVD CABLE ASSY,RCA USING ARE
811 79096073 6611R1G001A PLUG ASSY, 1WAY YELLOW GLOBAL
812 79096074 6611R2G001A PLUG ASSY, 2WAY RED/WHITE GLOBA
900 79098807 6711R1N078A REMOTE CONTROLLER AS, N6 DMB5022N AA1UTT
A00 79096089 6721RH0332A DECK ASSEMBLY,VIDEO, DPM-3 (DVD-CD R/RW M
A01 79096060 4931R-0064B HOLDER ASSEMBLY, CLAMP DPM3 -SH
A02 79096036 3041R-0067B BASE ASSEMBLY, DPM3 TRAY -SH
A03 79098784 3041R-0061B BASE ASSEMBLY, SLED-DAMPER(DVD-CD R
A04 79096037 3041R-0068B BASE ASSEMBLY, DPM3 MAIN -SH
A42 79096097 6871R-5103A PWB(PCB) ASSEMBLY,TO, DMB6000 SH TOSHIBA K
A43 79096042 3501RF4033B BOARD ASSEMBLY, DMB6022N HA1UTT
A46 79096101 6885R-0650E SUB PWB(PCB) ASSEMBL, DMB6022N HA1CTT TOSH
A47 79096095 6871R-5095A PWB(PCB) ASSEMBLY,TO, DM6000 SH SMPS
A48 79096096 6871R-5096B PWB(PCB) ASSEMBLY,TO, DMB6000 SH TIMER
A49 79096098 6871R-5104A PWB(PCB) ASSEMBLY,TO, DMB6000 SH KEY2
BC101 79091008 636-004C CORE (CIRC),BEAD, BEAD CORE BFS3550R2FD8,R T/P
BD101 79096005 0DD160000DA DIODE,RECTIFIERS, S1WBA60 BK SHINDENGEN - 600V - - - -
C101 79097353 624-088S CAPACITOR,DRAWING, MPX104K ETR/EUROPTRO
C102 79097353 624-088S CAPACITOR,DRAWING, MPX104K ETR/EUROPTRO
C103 79096019 0CE1571R6A0 CAPACITOR,FIXED ELEC, 150UF HC 250V 20% VN
C104 79092035 624-085D CAPACITOR,FIXED ELECTROLYTIC, CE 47UF/50V KME (SMPS)
C109 79092003 0CE108BF630 CAPACITOR,FIXED ELECTROLYTIC, 1000UF KME TYPE 16V 20% FM5 BULK
C110 79098729 0CN4730K948
CAPACITOR,FIXED TUBULAR(High dielectric), 0.047UF D 50V 80%,-20% F(Y5V)
TA26
IC2A4 79098738 0IKE393000G IC,KEC, KIA393F-EL FLP-8 TP DUAL COMPARATOR =(NJM2903M)
IC2M1 79094002 0IFA303100A IC,FAIRCHILD, KA3031 48P QFP BK 6CH MOTOR DRIVER
IC301 79096024 0ICTMHY011A IC,CUSTOMIZED, HS353106 HYNIX 100 T
IC305 79094008 0IHY576532A IC,HYUNDAI, HY57V653220CTC-7 86P
IC3F1A 79096102 6957R-3210D PROGRAM, DMB6022N HA1UTT TOSH
IC401 79098755 0IPRPCI003B IC,PERIPHERALS, CS4391-KZR CIRRUS LO
IC402 79098737 0IJR458000B IC,JRC, NJM4580M 8,DMP8 TP OP AMP 2K/REEL
IC501 79098747 0INS860200A IC,NATIONAL SEMICOND, NDV8602 240 VQFP BK
IC502 79098744 0IMMRAL012A IC,MEMORIES, AT93C56-10SC-2.7-8S1
IC503 79094003 0IFA742440F IC,FAIRCHILD, MM74HCT244SJ 20P SOI
IC504 79098756 0IPRPMT002A IC,PERIPHERALS, MM1510XNRE MITSUMI 6
IC506 79098754 0IPMGRH003A IC,POWER MANAGEMENT, BA18BC0FP-E2 ROHM 3P TO252-3 R
IC901 79096026 0IMCRHY031D IC,MICRO CONTROLLER, GMS81C2012-HI019 HYN
IC902 79098739 0IKE704200B IC,KEC, KIA7042P(AT) TO-92 4.2V RESET - - - -
JK601 79096076 6612K00003A JACK,FIBER OPTIC, PLT131/T5/6 EVERLIGH
JK602 79096075 6612JH003JA JACK,RCA, RCA/DIN-30G YUQIU FO
L101 79091004 616-145J FILTER(CIRC), BUJEON V-04350
C112 79092007 0CE3376D638 CAPACITOR,FIXED ELECTROLYTIC, 330UF SMS,SG 10V 20% FM5 TP 5
C113 79096021 0CG3320U632 CAPACITOR,FIXED CERA, 3300PF D 400V 20% R
C115 79092001 0CE1064K638 CAPACITOR,FIXED ELECTROLYTIC, 10UF SRA,SS 50V 20% FM5 TP 5
C116 79092010 0CE477BH630 CAPACITOR,FIXED ELECTROLYTIC, 470UF KME TYPE 25V 20% FM5 BULK
C117 79098729 0CN4730K948
CAPACITOR,FIXED TUBULAR(High dielectric), 0.047UF D 50V 80%,-20% F(Y5V)
TA26
Page 84
4-3
PRODUCT NAME (TYPE) : <AN, 25 (*1)> DVD VIDEO PLAYER
CUSTOMER MODEL NAME : <AN, 25>
SD-2815-K-TC
FACTORY MODEL NAME : <AN, 25>
SD-2815-K-TC
(if necessary)
DESTINATION : <AN, 60>
PRODUCTION START : <AN, 6> 2002/10
(yyyy/mm, Not include "/")
PRICE UNIT CODE <N, (1.0)> 1: USD, 2: JPY, 3: STG, 4: OTHERS (<- Fill in Unit name at "C6" cell in case of "4" )
Location No.
or TOSHIBA Part No. Vendor's Part No. Description
Reference No.
AN, 8 (*1) AN, 25 AN, 25 AN, 60
C118 79098705 0CE1074F638 CAPACITOR,FIXED ELECTROLYTIC, 100UF SRA,SS 16V 20% FM5 TP 5
C119 79092036 624-087B
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(High dielectric), HIGH-VOL 100P/1KV SMPS
SAMHWA
C120 79098705 0CE1074F638 CAPACITOR,FIXED ELECTROLYTIC, 100UF SRA,SS 16V 20% FM5 TP 5
C121 79092005 0CE2276F638 CAPACITOR,FIXED ELECTROLYTIC, 220UF SMS,SG 16V 20% FM5 TP 5
C122 79092035 624-085D CAPACITOR,FIXED ELECTROLYTIC, CE 47UF/50V KME (SMPS)
C123 79092003 0CE108BF630 CAPACITOR,FIXED ELECTROLYTIC, 1000UF KME TYPE 16V 20% FM5 BULK
C124 79098711 0CE337CH618 CAPACITOR,FIXED ELEC, 330UF SHL,SD 25V 20%
C126 79092033 0CQ1031Y519 CAPACITOR,FIXED FILM, 0.01UF D 630V 10% PE NI TP5
C128 79098731 0CQ1042K409 CAPACITOR,FIXED FILM, 0.1UF S 50V 5% PE TP5
C129 79098705 0CE1074F638 CAPACITOR,FIXED ELECTROLYTIC, 100UF SRA,SS 16V 20% FM5 TP 5
C130 79098709 0CE2274C638 CAPACITOR,FIXED ELECTROLYTIC, 220UF SRA,SS 6.3V 20% FM5 TP 5
C131 79098705 0CE1074F638 CAPACITOR,FIXED ELECTROLYTIC, 100UF SRA,SS 16V 20% FM5 TP 5
C137 79092007 0CE3376D638 CAPACITOR,FIXED ELECTROLYTIC, 330UF SMS,SG 10V 20% FM5 TP 5
C138 79098702 0CE1054K638 CAPACITOR,FIXED ELECTROLYTIC, 1UF SRA,SS 50V 20% FM5 TP 5
C201 79092014 0CH1104K942
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 0.1UF 50V 80%,-20% Y5V(F)
1608 R/TP
C202 79092014 0CH1104K942
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 0.1UF 50V 80%,-20% Y5V(F)
1608 R/TP
C203 79092014 0CH1104K942
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 0.1UF 50V 80%,-20% Y5V(F)
1608 R/TP
C204 79092014 0CH1104K942
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 0.1UF 50V 80%,-20% Y5V(F)
1608 R/TP
C205 79092014 0CH1104K942
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 0.1UF 50V 80%,-20% Y5V(F)
1608 R/TP
C206 79092014 0CH1104K942
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 0.1UF 50V 80%,-20% Y5V(F)
1608 R/TP
C207 79098715 0CH1105D942
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 1UF 10V 80%,-20% Y5V(F) 1608
R/TP
C208 79092014 0CH1104K942
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 0.1UF 50V 80%,-20% Y5V(F)
1608 R/TP
C570 79097108 0CE4764F638 CAPACITOR,FIXED ELECTROLYTIC, 47UF SRA,SS 16V 20% FM5 TP 5
C571 79092018 0CH1225F944
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 2.2UF 16V 80%,-20% Y5V(F)
3216 R/TP
C606 79092014 0CH1104K942
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 0.1UF 50V 80%,-20% Y5V(F)
1608 R/TP
C607 79092014 0CH1104K942
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 0.1UF 50V 80%,-20% Y5V(F)
1608 R/TP
C613 79098706 0CE1086C638 CAPACITOR,FIXED ELECTROLYTIC, 1000000000PF SMS,SG 6.3V 20% FM5 TP 5
C614 79096020 0CE4775C638 CAPACITOR,FIXED ELECTROLYTIC, 470UF SR,SV 6.3V 20% FM5 TP 5
C615 79096020 0CE4775C638 CAPACITOR,FIXED ELECTROLYTIC, 470UF SR,SV 6.3V 20% FM5 TP 5
C901 79098728 0CN1040K948 CAPACITOR,FIXED TUBULAR(High dielectric), 0.1UF D 50V 80%,-20% F(Y5V) TA26
C905 79098730 0CN6810K518 CAPACITOR,FIXED TUBULAR(High dielectric), 680PF D 50V 10% B(Y5P) TA26
C906 79098703 0CE1063F638 CAPACITOR,FIXED ELECTROLYTIC, 10UF SRE,SE 16V 20% FM5 TP 5
C907 79098712 0CE4763C638 CAPACITOR,FIXED ELECTROLYTIC, 47UF SRE,SE 6.3V 20% FM5 TP 5
C909 79098728 0CN1040K948 CAPACITOR,FIXED TUBULAR(High dielectric), 0.1UF D 50V 80%,-20% F(Y5V) TA26
C910 79098728 0CN1040K948 CAPACITOR,FIXED TUBULAR(High dielectric), 0.1UF D 50V 80%,-20% F(Y5V) TA26
C515 79092014 0CH1104K942
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 0.1UF 50V 80%,-20% Y5V(F)
1608 R/TP
Page 85
4-4
PRODUCT NAME (TYPE) : <AN, 25 (*1)> DVD VIDEO PLAYER
CUSTOMER MODEL NAME : <AN, 25>
SD-2815-K-TC
FACTORY MODEL NAME : <AN, 25>
SD-2815-K-TC
(if necessary)
DESTINATION : <AN, 60>
PRODUCTION START : <AN, 6> 2002/10
(yyyy/mm, Not include "/")
PRICE UNIT CODE <N, (1.0)> 1: USD, 2: JPY, 3: STG, 4: OTHERS (<- Fill in Unit name at "C6" cell in case of "4" )
Location No.
or TOSHIBA Part No. Vendor's Part No. Description
Reference No.
AN, 8 (*1) AN, 25 AN, 25 AN, 60
C516 79092014 0CH1104K942
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 0.1UF 50V 80%,-20% Y5V(F)
1608 R/TP
C517 79092014 0CH1104K942
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 0.1UF 50V 80%,-20% Y5V(F)
1608 R/TP
C518 79092014 0CH1104K942
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 0.1UF 50V 80%,-20% Y5V(F)
1608 R/TP
C519 79092014 0CH1104K942
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 0.1UF 50V 80%,-20% Y5V(F)
1608 R/TP
C520 79092014 0CH1104K942
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 0.1UF 50V 80%,-20% Y5V(F)
1608 R/TP
C521 79092014 0CH1104K942
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 0.1UF 50V 80%,-20% Y5V(F)
1608 R/TP
C522 79092014 0CH1104K942
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 0.1UF 50V 80%,-20% Y5V(F)
1608 R/TP
C523 79092018 0CH1225F944
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 2.2UF 16V 80%,-20% Y5V(F)
3216 R/TP
C525 79092014 0CH1104K942
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 0.1UF 50V 80%,-20% Y5V(F)
1608 R/TP
C526 79092014 0CH1104K942
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 0.1UF 50V 80%,-20% Y5V(F)
1608 R/TP
C527 79092014 0CH1104K942
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 0.1UF 50V 80%,-20% Y5V(F)
1608 R/TP
C528 79092014 0CH1104K942
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 0.1UF 50V 80%,-20% Y5V(F)
1608 R/TP
C411 79096022 0CH1102K512
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 1000PF 50V 10% B(5YP) 1608
R/TP
C412 79098722 0CH4271K412 CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(High dielectric), 270PF 50V 5% NP0 1608 R/TP
C413 79097104 0CE1064F638 CAPACITOR,FIXED ELECTROLYTIC, 10UF SRA,SS 16V 20% FM5 TP 5
C414 79092014 0CH1104K942
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 0.1UF 50V 80%,-20% Y5V(F)
1608 R/TP
C415 79097104 0CE1064F638 CAPACITOR,FIXED ELECTROLYTIC, 10UF SRA,SS 16V 20% FM5 TP 5
C416 79096022 0CH1102K512
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 1000PF 50V 10% B(5YP) 1608
R/TP
C417 79098722 0CH4271K412 CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(High dielectric), 270PF 50V 5% NP0 1608 R/TP
C418 79098718 0CH1392K562
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 3900PF 50V 10% X7R(X) 1608
R/TP
C419 79098705 0CE1074F638 CAPACITOR,FIXED ELECTROLYTIC, 100UF SRA,SS 16V 20% FM5 TP 5
C420 79098718 0CH1392K562
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 3900PF 50V 10% X7R(X) 1608
R/TP
C421 79098705 0CE1074F638 CAPACITOR,FIXED ELECTROLYTIC, 100UF SRA,SS 16V 20% FM5 TP 5
C422 79097104 0CE1064F638 CAPACITOR,FIXED ELECTROLYTIC, 10UF SRA,SS 16V 20% FM5 TP 5
C423 79098722 0CH4271K412 CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(High dielectric), 270PF 50V 5% NP0 1608 R/TP
C209 79092014 0CH1104K942
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 0.1UF 50V 80%,-20% Y5V(F)
1608 R/TP
C210 79092014 0CH1104K942
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 0.1UF 50V 80%,-20% Y5V(F)
1608 R/TP
C211 79097104 0CE1064F638 CAPACITOR,FIXED ELECTROLYTIC, 10UF SRA,SS 16V 20% FM5 TP 5
C212 79097104 0CE1064F638 CAPACITOR,FIXED ELECTROLYTIC, 10UF SRA,SS 16V 20% FM5 TP 5
C213 79097104 0CE1064F638 CAPACITOR,FIXED ELECTROLYTIC, 10UF SRA,SS 16V 20% FM5 TP 5
Page 86
4-5
PRODUCT NAME (TYPE) : <AN, 25 (*1)> DVD VIDEO PLAYER
CUSTOMER MODEL NAME : <AN, 25>
SD-2815-K-TC
FACTORY MODEL NAME : <AN, 25>
SD-2815-K-TC
(if necessary)
DESTINATION : <AN, 60>
PRODUCTION START : <AN, 6> 2002/10
(yyyy/mm, Not include "/")
PRICE UNIT CODE <N, (1.0)> 1: USD, 2: JPY, 3: STG, 4: OTHERS (<- Fill in Unit name at "C6" cell in case of "4" )
Location No.
or TOSHIBA Part No. Vendor's Part No. Description
Reference No.
AN, 8 (*1) AN, 25 AN, 25 AN, 60
C214 79092014 0CH1104K942
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 0.1UF 50V 80%,-20% Y5V(F)
1608 R/TP
C215 79092014 0CH1104K942
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 0.1UF 50V 80%,-20% Y5V(F)
1608 R/TP
C216 79092014 0CH1104K942
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 0.1UF 50V 80%,-20% Y5V(F)
1608 R/TP
C217 79092014 0CH1104K942
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 0.1UF 50V 80%,-20% Y5V(F)
1608 R/TP
C218 79092014 0CH1104K942
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 0.1UF 50V 80%,-20% Y5V(F)
1608 R/TP
C219 79092014 0CH1104K942
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 0.1UF 50V 80%,-20% Y5V(F)
1608 R/TP
C220 79097104 0CE1064F638 CAPACITOR,FIXED ELECTROLYTIC, 10UF SRA,SS 16V 20% FM5 TP 5
C224 79092014 0CH1104K942
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 0.1UF 50V 80%,-20% Y5V(F)
1608 R/TP
C308 79097108 0CE4764F638 CAPACITOR,FIXED ELECTROLYTIC, 47UF SRA,SS 16V 20% FM5 TP 5
C309 79092018 0CH1225F944
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 2.2UF 16V 80%,-20% Y5V(F)
3216 R/TP
C310 79092013 0CH1103K562
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 0.01UF 50V 10% X7R(X) 1608
R/TP
C311 79097108 0CE4764F638 CAPACITOR,FIXED ELECTROLYTIC, 47UF SRA,SS 16V 20% FM5 TP 5
C314 79092014 0CH1104K942
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 0.1UF 50V 80%,-20% Y5V(F)
1608 R/TP
C316 79092014 0CH1104K942
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 0.1UF 50V 80%,-20% Y5V(F)
1608 R/TP
C317 79097108 0CE4764F638 CAPACITOR,FIXED ELECTROLYTIC, 47UF SRA,SS 16V 20% FM5 TP 5
C318 79092014 0CH1104K942
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 0.1UF 50V 80%,-20% Y5V(F)
1608 R/TP
C319 79092014 0CH1104K942
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 0.1UF 50V 80%,-20% Y5V(F)
1608 R/TP
C320 79092014 0CH1104K942
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 0.1UF 50V 80%,-20% Y5V(F)
1608 R/TP
C321 79092014 0CH1104K942
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 0.1UF 50V 80%,-20% Y5V(F)
1608 R/TP
C322 79092014 0CH1104K942
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 0.1UF 50V 80%,-20% Y5V(F)
1608 R/TP
C323 79097108 0CE4764F638 CAPACITOR,FIXED ELECTROLYTIC, 47UF SRA,SS 16V 20% FM5 TP 5
C911 79098728 0CN1040K948 CAPACITOR,FIXED TUBULAR(High dielectric), 0.1UF D 50V 80%,-20% F(Y5V) TA26
C912 79098712 0CE4763C638 CAPACITOR,FIXED ELECTROLYTIC, 47UF SRE,SE 6.3V 20% FM5 TP 5
C921 79098712 0CE4763C638 CAPACITOR,FIXED ELECTROLYTIC, 47UF SRE,SE 6.3V 20% FM5 TP 5
D100 79096006 0DD221009AA DIODE,RECTIFIERS, ERA22-10 KFLB,TP ,R T/P,FUJI
D102 79096009 0DR158220AA DIODE,RECTIFIERS, 1N5822 BK RECTRON DO201AD 40V 3A 80A - -
D103 79096010 0DR310000AA DIODE,RECTIFIERS, RU3YXLF-C1 BK SANKEN - 100V 2A 20A - 0.2UA
D104 79096001 0DD010009AC DIODE,RECTIFIERS, EU01W(R-FORM) TP SANKEN
D106 79096008 0DR104009AB DIODE,RECTIFIERS, RL104 R. TP GULF SEMICONDUCTOR LTD. - 400V 1A 30A
D107 79096001 0DD010009AC DIODE,RECTIFIERS, EU01W(R-FORM) TP SANKEN
D108 79096001 0DD010009AC DIODE,RECTIFIERS, EU01W(R-FORM) TP SANKEN
D109 79096009 0DR158220AA DIODE,RECTIFIERS, 1N5822 BK RECTRON DO201AD 40V 3A 80A - -
D110 79096023 0DR104009BA DIODE,RECTIFIERS, RL104F TP RECTRON - 400V 1A 30A 100NSEC -
D111 79096012 0DRRE00029A DIODE,RECTIFIERS, 1N17 RECTRON TP NON
Page 87
4-6
PRODUCT NAME (TYPE) : <AN, 25 (*1)> DVD VIDEO PLAYER
CUSTOMER MODEL NAME : <AN, 25>
SD-2815-K-TC
FACTORY MODEL NAME : <AN, 25>
SD-2815-K-TC
(if necessary)
DESTINATION : <AN, 60>
PRODUCTION START : <AN, 6> 2002/10
(yyyy/mm, Not include "/")
PRICE UNIT CODE <N, (1.0)> 1: USD, 2: JPY, 3: STG, 4: OTHERS (<- Fill in Unit name at "C6" cell in case of "4" )
Location No.
or TOSHIBA Part No. Vendor's Part No. Description
Reference No.
AN, 8 (*1) AN, 25 AN, 25 AN, 60
D2A1 79096013 0DS202009CA DIODE,SWITCHING, DAN202K TP ROHM KOREA SOT23 80V - - 4NSEC 0.1UA
D2A2 79096013 0DS202009CA DIODE,SWITCHING, DAN202K TP ROHM KOREA SOT23 80V - - 4NSEC 0.1UA
Q2M1 79095001 0TR103009AA TRANSISTOR,BIPOLARS, CHIP KRC103S-T1(NC)22-22 TP KEC - -
Q301 79095001 0TR103009AA TRANSISTOR,BIPOLARS, CHIP KRC103S-T1(NC)22-22 TP KEC - -
Q605 79096031 0TR103009AC TRANSISTOR,BIPOLARS, KRA103S-T1(PC)22-22 CHIP TP KEC - -
Q606 79096031 0TR103009AC TRANSISTOR,BIPOLARS, KRA103S-T1(PC)22-22 CHIP TP KEC - -
Q607 79095008 0TR387509AC TRANSISTOR,BIPOLARS, CHIP KTC3875S-GR-T1(ALG) TP KEC - -
Q608 79095008 0TR387509AC TRANSISTOR,BIPOLARS, CHIP KTC3875S-GR-T1(ALG) TP KEC - -
Q615 79095002 0TR103709BB TRANSISTOR,BIPOLARS, 2SA1037K-Q CHIP TP ROHM - -
Q901 79098775 0TR103009AE TRANSISTOR,BIPOLARS, KRC103M TP KEC - - (KRC1203)
Q902 79098775 0TR103009AE TRANSISTOR,BIPOLARS, KRC103M TP KEC - - (KRC1203)
R101 79093056 614-007A RESISTOR,FIXED CEMENT, 2.7/2W CEMENT SMPS V
R102 79093012 0RD2203F608 RESISTOR,FIXED CARBON FILM, 220K OHM 1/6 W 5.00% TA26
R103 79093055 0RS5602K619 RESISTOR,FIXED METAL OXIDE FILM, 56K OHM 2 W 5.00% TR
R104 79093012 0RD2203F608 RESISTOR,FIXED CARBON FILM, 220K OHM 1/6 W 5.00% TA26
R112 79093002 0RD0391F608 RESISTOR,FIXED CARBON FILM, 3.9 OHM 1/6 W 5.00% TA26
R114 79093006 0RD1003F608 RESISTOR,FIXED CARBON FILM, 100K OHM 1/6 W 5.00% TA26
C225 79098715 0CH1105D942
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 1UF 10V 80%,-20% Y5V(F) 1608
R/TP
C226 79098715 0CH1105D942
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 1UF 10V 80%,-20% Y5V(F) 1608
R/TP
C229 79092014 0CH1104K942
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 0.1UF 50V 80%,-20% Y5V(F)
1608 R/TP
C230 79092014 0CH1104K942
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 0.1UF 50V 80%,-20% Y5V(F)
1608 R/TP
C231 79092014 0CH1104K942
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 0.1UF 50V 80%,-20% Y5V(F)
1608 R/TP
C232 79097108 0CE4764F638 CAPACITOR,FIXED ELECTROLYTIC, 47UF SRA,SS 16V 20% FM5 TP 5
C238 79092014 0CH1104K942
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 0.1UF 50V 80%,-20% Y5V(F)
1608 R/TP
C239 79092014 0CH1104K942
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 0.1UF 50V 80%,-20% Y5V(F)
1608 R/TP
C240 79092016 0CH1222K562
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 2200PF 50V 10% X7R(X) 1608
R/TP
C242 79092014 0CH1104K942
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 0.1UF 50V 80%,-20% Y5V(F)
1608 R/TP
C245 79098715 0CH1105D942
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 1UF 10V 80%,-20% Y5V(F) 1608
R/TP
C251 79098715 0CH1105D942
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 1UF 10V 80%,-20% Y5V(F) 1608
R/TP
C252 79092023 0CH4100K112 CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(High dielectric), 10PF 50V 0.5 pF NP0 1608 R/TP
C324 79092025 0CH4221K412 CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(High dielectric), 220PF 50V 5% NP0 1608 R/TP
C325 79092025 0CH4221K412 CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(High dielectric), 220PF 50V 5% NP0 1608 R/TP
C326 79092025 0CH4221K412 CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(High dielectric), 220PF 50V 5% NP0 1608 R/TP
C327 79092025 0CH4221K412 CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(High dielectric), 220PF 50V 5% NP0 1608 R/TP
C328 79092025 0CH4221K412 CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(High dielectric), 220PF 50V 5% NP0 1608 R/TP
C329 79092014 0CH1104K942
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 0.1UF 50V 80%,-20% Y5V(F)
1608 R/TP
Page 88
4-7
PRODUCT NAME (TYPE) : <AN, 25 (*1)> DVD VIDEO PLAYER
CUSTOMER MODEL NAME : <AN, 25>
SD-2815-K-TC
FACTORY MODEL NAME : <AN, 25>
SD-2815-K-TC
(if necessary)
DESTINATION : <AN, 60>
PRODUCTION START : <AN, 6> 2002/10
(yyyy/mm, Not include "/")
PRICE UNIT CODE <N, (1.0)> 1: USD, 2: JPY, 3: STG, 4: OTHERS (<- Fill in Unit name at "C6" cell in case of "4" )
Location No.
or TOSHIBA Part No. Vendor's Part No. Description
Reference No.
AN, 8 (*1) AN, 25 AN, 25 AN, 60
C330 79092014 0CH1104K942
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 0.1UF 50V 80%,-20% Y5V(F)
1608 R/TP
C331 79092014 0CH1104K942
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 0.1UF 50V 80%,-20% Y5V(F)
1608 R/TP
C332 79092014 0CH1104K942
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 0.1UF 50V 80%,-20% Y5V(F)
1608 R/TP
C333 79092014 0CH1104K942
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 0.1UF 50V 80%,-20% Y5V(F)
1608 R/TP
C334 79092014 0CH1104K942
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 0.1UF 50V 80%,-20% Y5V(F)
1608 R/TP
C335 79092014 0CH1104K942
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 0.1UF 50V 80%,-20% Y5V(F)
1608 R/TP
C336 79092014 0CH1104K942
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 0.1UF 50V 80%,-20% Y5V(F)
1608 R/TP
C424 79092014 0CH1104K942
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 0.1UF 50V 80%,-20% Y5V(F)
1608 R/TP
C501 79097108 0CE4764F638 CAPACITOR,FIXED ELECTROLYTIC, 47UF SRA,SS 16V 20% FM5 TP 5
C503 79092014 0CH1104K942
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 0.1UF 50V 80%,-20% Y5V(F)
1608 R/TP
C504 79097104 0CE1064F638 CAPACITOR,FIXED ELECTROLYTIC, 10UF SRA,SS 16V 20% FM5 TP 5
C506 79092018 0CH1225F944
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 2.2UF 16V 80%,-20% Y5V(F)
3216 R/TP
C507 79097108 0CE4764F638 CAPACITOR,FIXED ELECTROLYTIC, 47UF SRA,SS 16V 20% FM5 TP 5
C508 79092014 0CH1104K942
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 0.1UF 50V 80%,-20% Y5V(F)
1608 R/TP
C509 79092014 0CH1104K942
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 0.1UF 50V 80%,-20% Y5V(F)
1608 R/TP
C510 79092014 0CH1104K942
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 0.1UF 50V 80%,-20% Y5V(F)
1608 R/TP
C511 79092014 0CH1104K942
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 0.1UF 50V 80%,-20% Y5V(F)
1608 R/TP
C512 79092014 0CH1104K942
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 0.1UF 50V 80%,-20% Y5V(F)
1608 R/TP
C513 79092014 0CH1104K942
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 0.1UF 50V 80%,-20% Y5V(F)
1608 R/TP
C514 79092014 0CH1104K942
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 0.1UF 50V 80%,-20% Y5V(F)
1608 R/TP
C544 79092018 0CH1225F944
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 2.2UF 16V 80%,-20% Y5V(F)
3216 R/TP
C546 79092025 0CH4221K412 CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(High dielectric), 220PF 50V 5% NP0 1608 R/TP
C550 79092014 0CH1104K942
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 0.1UF 50V 80%,-20% Y5V(F)
1608 R/TP
C554 79092014 0CH1104K942
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 0.1UF 50V 80%,-20% Y5V(F)
1608 R/TP
C555 79097121 0CH4101K412 CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(High dielectric), 100PF 50V 5% NP0 1608 R/TP
C556 79097121 0CH4101K412 CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(High dielectric), 100PF 50V 5% NP0 1608 R/TP
C557 79098721 0CH4270K412 CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(High dielectric), 27PF 50V 5% NP0 1608 R/TP
C558 79098702 0CE1054K638 CAPACITOR,FIXED ELECTROLYTIC, 1UF SRA,SS 50V 20% FM5 TP 5
Page 89
4-8
PRODUCT NAME (TYPE) : <AN, 25 (*1)> DVD VIDEO PLAYER
CUSTOMER MODEL NAME : <AN, 25>
SD-2815-K-TC
FACTORY MODEL NAME : <AN, 25>
SD-2815-K-TC
(if necessary)
DESTINATION : <AN, 60>
PRODUCTION START : <AN, 6> 2002/10
(yyyy/mm, Not include "/")
PRICE UNIT CODE <N, (1.0)> 1: USD, 2: JPY, 3: STG, 4: OTHERS (<- Fill in Unit name at "C6" cell in case of "4" )
Location No.
or TOSHIBA Part No. Vendor's Part No. Description
Reference No.
AN, 8 (*1) AN, 25 AN, 25 AN, 60
C559 79092018 0CH1225F944
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 2.2UF 16V 80%,-20% Y5V(F)
3216 R/TP
C560 79098706 0CE1086C638 CAPACITOR,FIXED ELECTROLYTIC, 1000000000PF SMS,SG 6.3V 20% FM5 TP 5
C561 79097106 0CE2264F638 CAPACITOR,FIXED ELECTROLYTIC, 22UF SRA,SS 16V 20% FM5 TP 5
C562 79097108 0CE4764F638 CAPACITOR,FIXED ELECTROLYTIC, 47UF SRA,SS 16V 20% FM5 TP 5
C563 79092018 0CH1225F944
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 2.2UF 16V 80%,-20% Y5V(F)
3216 R/TP
C253 79098715 0CH1105D942
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 1UF 10V 80%,-20% Y5V(F) 1608
R/TP
C254 79098715 0CH1105D942
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 1UF 10V 80%,-20% Y5V(F) 1608
R/TP
C255 79092014 0CH1104K942
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 0.1UF 50V 80%,-20% Y5V(F)
1608 R/TP
C258 79098715 0CH1105D942
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 1UF 10V 80%,-20% Y5V(F) 1608
R/TP
C261 79097104 0CE1064F638 CAPACITOR,FIXED ELECTROLYTIC, 10UF SRA,SS 16V 20% FM5 TP 5
C262 79097104 0CE1064F638 CAPACITOR,FIXED ELECTROLYTIC, 10UF SRA,SS 16V 20% FM5 TP 5
C263 79097104 0CE1064F638 CAPACITOR,FIXED ELECTROLYTIC, 10UF SRA,SS 16V 20% FM5 TP 5
C264 79097104 0CE1064F638 CAPACITOR,FIXED ELECTROLYTIC, 10UF SRA,SS 16V 20% FM5 TP 5
C265 79097104 0CE1064F638 CAPACITOR,FIXED ELECTROLYTIC, 10UF SRA,SS 16V 20% FM5 TP 5
C272 79097108 0CE4764F638 CAPACITOR,FIXED ELECTROLYTIC, 47UF SRA,SS 16V 20% FM5 TP 5
C273 79092018 0CH1225F944
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 2.2UF 16V 80%,-20% Y5V(F)
3216 R/TP
C274 79097108 0CE4764F638 CAPACITOR,FIXED ELECTROLYTIC, 47UF SRA,SS 16V 20% FM5 TP 5
C278 79097104 0CE1064F638 CAPACITOR,FIXED ELECTROLYTIC, 10UF SRA,SS 16V 20% FM5 TP 5
C279 79097104 0CE1064F638 CAPACITOR,FIXED ELECTROLYTIC, 10UF SRA,SS 16V 20% FM5 TP 5
C529 79092014 0CH1104K942
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 0.1UF 50V 80%,-20% Y5V(F)
1608 R/TP
C530 79092014 0CH1104K942
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 0.1UF 50V 80%,-20% Y5V(F)
1608 R/TP
C531 79092014 0CH1104K942
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 0.1UF 50V 80%,-20% Y5V(F)
1608 R/TP
C532 79092014 0CH1104K942
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 0.1UF 50V 80%,-20% Y5V(F)
1608 R/TP
C533 79092014 0CH1104K942
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 0.1UF 50V 80%,-20% Y5V(F)
1608 R/TP
C534 79092014 0CH1104K942
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 0.1UF 50V 80%,-20% Y5V(F)
1608 R/TP
C535 79092014 0CH1104K942
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 0.1UF 50V 80%,-20% Y5V(F)
1608 R/TP
C536 79092014 0CH1104K942
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 0.1UF 50V 80%,-20% Y5V(F)
1608 R/TP
C538 79092018 0CH1225F944
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 2.2UF 16V 80%,-20% Y5V(F)
3216 R/TP
C540 79092024 0CH4220K412 CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(High dielectric), 22PF 50V 5% NP0 1608 R/TP
C541 79098721 0CH4270K412 CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(High dielectric), 27PF 50V 5% NP0 1608 R/TP
C542 79097108 0CE4764F638 CAPACITOR,FIXED ELECTROLYTIC, 47UF SRA,SS 16V 20% FM5 TP 5
C543 79092014 0CH1104K942
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 0.1UF 50V 80%,-20% Y5V(F)
1608 R/TP
Page 90
4-9
PRODUCT NAME (TYPE) : <AN, 25 (*1)> DVD VIDEO PLAYER
CUSTOMER MODEL NAME : <AN, 25>
SD-2815-K-TC
FACTORY MODEL NAME : <AN, 25>
SD-2815-K-TC
(if necessary)
DESTINATION : <AN, 60>
PRODUCTION START : <AN, 6> 2002/10
(yyyy/mm, Not include "/")
PRICE UNIT CODE <N, (1.0)> 1: USD, 2: JPY, 3: STG, 4: OTHERS (<- Fill in Unit name at "C6" cell in case of "4" )
Location No.
or TOSHIBA Part No. Vendor's Part No. Description
Reference No.
AN, 8 (*1) AN, 25 AN, 25 AN, 60
C337 79092014 0CH1104K942
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 0.1UF 50V 80%,-20% Y5V(F)
1608 R/TP
C338 79092014 0CH1104K942
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 0.1UF 50V 80%,-20% Y5V(F)
1608 R/TP
C3F1 79092018 0CH1225F944
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 2.2UF 16V 80%,-20% Y5V(F)
3216 R/TP
C3F2 79092014 0CH1104K942
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 0.1UF 50V 80%,-20% Y5V(F)
1608 R/TP
C3F3 79097108 0CE4764F638 CAPACITOR,FIXED ELECTROLYTIC, 47UF SRA,SS 16V 20% FM5 TP 5
C401 79097108 0CE4764F638 CAPACITOR,FIXED ELECTROLYTIC, 47UF SRA,SS 16V 20% FM5 TP 5
C402 79097108 0CE4764F638 CAPACITOR,FIXED ELECTROLYTIC, 47UF SRA,SS 16V 20% FM5 TP 5
C403 79097108 0CE4764F638 CAPACITOR,FIXED ELECTROLYTIC, 47UF SRA,SS 16V 20% FM5 TP 5
C404 79097108 0CE4764F638 CAPACITOR,FIXED ELECTROLYTIC, 47UF SRA,SS 16V 20% FM5 TP 5
C405 79097108 0CE4764F638 CAPACITOR,FIXED ELECTROLYTIC, 47UF SRA,SS 16V 20% FM5 TP 5
C406 79092014 0CH1104K942
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 0.1UF 50V 80%,-20% Y5V(F)
1608 R/TP
C408 79097104 0CE1064F638 CAPACITOR,FIXED ELECTROLYTIC, 10UF SRA,SS 16V 20% FM5 TP 5
C409 79098709 0CE2274C638 CAPACITOR,FIXED ELECTROLYTIC, 220UF SRA,SS 6.3V 20% FM5 TP 5
C410 79098722 0CH4271K412 CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(High dielectric), 270PF 50V 5% NP0 1608 R/TP
C280 79097104 0CE1064F638 CAPACITOR,FIXED ELECTROLYTIC, 10UF SRA,SS 16V 20% FM5 TP 5
C281 79097104 0CE1064F638 CAPACITOR,FIXED ELECTROLYTIC, 10UF SRA,SS 16V 20% FM5 TP 5
C284 79097108 0CE4764F638 CAPACITOR,FIXED ELECTROLYTIC, 47UF SRA,SS 16V 20% FM5 TP 5
C285 79097104 0CE1064F638 CAPACITOR,FIXED ELECTROLYTIC, 10UF SRA,SS 16V 20% FM5 TP 5
C286 79092014 0CH1104K942
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 0.1UF 50V 80%,-20% Y5V(F)
1608 R/TP
C287 79097104 0CE1064F638 CAPACITOR,FIXED ELECTROLYTIC, 10UF SRA,SS 16V 20% FM5 TP 5
C288 79097104 0CE1064F638 CAPACITOR,FIXED ELECTROLYTIC, 10UF SRA,SS 16V 20% FM5 TP 5
C290 79098720 0CH4180K412 CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(High dielectric), 18PF 50V 5% NP0 1608 R/TP
C291 79098720 0CH4180K412 CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(High dielectric), 18PF 50V 5% NP0 1608 R/TP
C292 79092014 0CH1104K942
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 0.1UF 50V 80%,-20% Y5V(F)
1608 R/TP
C293 79092014 0CH1104K942
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 0.1UF 50V 80%,-20% Y5V(F)
1608 R/TP
C294 79092014 0CH1104K942
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 0.1UF 50V 80%,-20% Y5V(F)
1608 R/TP
C295 79092014 0CH1104K942
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 0.1UF 50V 80%,-20% Y5V(F)
1608 R/TP
L501 79091005 6200HJC102A FILTER(CIRC),EMI, HB-1M2012-102JT CERATECH TP 3K/REEL
L502 79091005 6200HJC102A FILTER(CIRC),EMI, HB-1M2012-102JT CERATECH TP 3K/REEL
L504 79091005 6200HJC102A FILTER(CIRC),EMI, HB-1M2012-102JT CERATECH TP 3K/REEL
L505 79091005 6200HJC102A FILTER(CIRC),EMI, HB-1M2012-102JT CERATECH TP 3K/REEL
L506 79091005 6200HJC102A FILTER(CIRC),EMI, HB-1M2012-102JT CERATECH TP 3K/REEL
L508 79091005 6200HJC102A FILTER(CIRC),EMI, HB-1M2012-102JT CERATECH TP 3K/REEL
L603 79091005 6200HJC102A FILTER(CIRC),EMI, HB-1M2012-102JT CERATECH TP 3K/REEL
L604 79091005 6200HJC102A FILTER(CIRC),EMI, HB-1M2012-102JT CERATECH TP 3K/REEL
L901 79098758 0LR1000K035 INDUCTOR,RADIAL LEAD, 100UH 10% TP 6 X 6 TR5 -
L902 79098758 0LR1000K035 INDUCTOR,RADIAL LEAD, 100UH 10% TP 6 X 6 TR5 -
LED901 79098732 0DL325319AA LED, SPR325MVWT31 TP ROHM GREEN/RED .
P1301 79096085 6631R-E024U CONNECTOR ASSEMBLY, GIL-S12/9073-12 ST
Page 91
4-10
PRODUCT NAME (TYPE) : <AN, 25 (*1)> DVD VIDEO PLAYER
CUSTOMER MODEL NAME : <AN, 25>
SD-2815-K-TC
FACTORY MODEL NAME : <AN, 25>
SD-2815-K-TC
(if necessary)
DESTINATION : <AN, 60>
PRODUCTION START : <AN, 6> 2002/10
(yyyy/mm, Not include "/")
PRICE UNIT CODE <N, (1.0)> 1: USD, 2: JPY, 3: STG, 4: OTHERS (<- Fill in Unit name at "C6" cell in case of "4" )
Location No.
or TOSHIBA Part No. Vendor's Part No. Description
Reference No.
AN, 8 (*1) AN, 25 AN, 25 AN, 60
P1901 79096087 6631R-E024X CONNECTOR ASSEMBLY, GIL-S08/9073-08 ST
P3101 79096078 6630R3S006H CONNECTOR(CIRC),DRAW, GT200-12P-SS-A-P500 LG CABLE 1
P3301 79097582 6630XE00115 CONNECTOR (CIRC),FFC/FPC, 04-6232-015-010-000 ELCO 15P 1.0(1.145)MM
R2B2 79093022 0RH0182C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 18 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R2B3 79093022 0RH0182C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 18 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R2B4 79093020 0RH0000C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 0 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R2B5 79093028 0RH1001C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 1K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R2B6 79093022 0RH0182C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 18 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R2B7 79093022 0RH0182C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 18 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R2B8 79093020 0RH0000C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 0 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R2C0 79093047 0RH5601C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 5.6K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R2C4 79093028 0RH1001C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 1K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R2C5 79093028 0RH1001C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 1K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R2C6 79093047 0RH5601C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 5.6K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R2C7 79093047 0RH5601C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 5.6K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R2C8 79093047 0RH5601C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 5.6K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R2C9 79093047 0RH5601C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 5.6K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
D2A3 79096013 0DS202009CA DIODE,SWITCHING, DAN202K TP ROHM KOREA SOT23 80V - - 4NSEC 0.1UA
D603 79096013 0DS202009CA DIODE,SWITCHING, DAN202K TP ROHM KOREA SOT23 80V - - 4NSEC 0.1UA
D604 79096013 0DS202009CA DIODE,SWITCHING, DAN202K TP ROHM KOREA SOT23 80V - - 4NSEC 0.1UA
DIG901 79096071 6302R-V125A DIGITRON, 7-BT-287GN FUTABA SE
F101 79098701 585-027B FUSE,SLOW BLOW, 1600MA 250 V 5.2X20 CY/GL KS / JAPAN / UL / CSA 51
F102 79097156 0IRH100000B IC,ROHM, ICP-N10 T104 TP IC DETACT
F102 79094018 0IRH100000B IC,ROHM, ICP-N10 T104 TP IC DETACT
F105 79097156 0IRH100000B IC,ROHM, ICP-N10 T104 TP IC DETACT
F105 79094018 0IRH100000B IC,ROHM, ICP-N10 T104 TP IC DETACT
F602 79091006 6200HJC901A FILTER(CIRC),EMI, CFI06B1H101MF SAMWHA TP 2.5K/TP
F603 79091006 6200HJC901A FILTER(CIRC),EMI, CFI06B1H101MF SAMWHA TP 2.5K/TP
F604 79091006 6200HJC901A FILTER(CIRC),EMI, CFI06B1H101MF SAMWHA TP 2.5K/TP
F605 79091006 6200HJC901A FILTER(CIRC),EMI, CFI06B1H101MF SAMWHA TP 2.5K/TP
F606 79091006 6200HJC901A FILTER(CIRC),EMI, CFI06B1H101MF SAMWHA TP 2.5K/TP
F607 79091006 6200HJC901A FILTER(CIRC),EMI, CFI06B1H101MF SAMWHA TP 2.5K/TP
F608 79091006 6200HJC901A FILTER(CIRC),EMI, CFI06B1H101MF SAMWHA TP 2.5K/TP
F612 79091006 6200HJC901A FILTER(CIRC),EMI, CFI06B1H101MF SAMWHA TP 2.5K/TP
C296 79092014 0CH1104K942
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 0.1UF 50V 80%,-20% Y5V(F)
1608 R/TP
C297 79096020 0CE4775C638 CAPACITOR,FIXED ELECTROLYTIC, 470UF SR,SV 6.3V 20% FM5 TP 5
C2A0 79097108 0CE4764F638 CAPACITOR,FIXED ELECTROLYTIC, 47UF SRA,SS 16V 20% FM5 TP 5
C2A3 79092014 0CH1104K942
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 0.1UF 50V 80%,-20% Y5V(F)
1608 R/TP
C2A4 79097104 0CE1064F638 CAPACITOR,FIXED ELECTROLYTIC, 10UF SRA,SS 16V 20% FM5 TP 5
C2A5 79098719 0CH1683F942
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 0.068UF 16V 80%,-20% Y5V(F)
1608 R/TP
C2A6 79098714 0CH1102K562
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 1000PF 50V 10% X7R(X) 1608
R/TP
C2A7 79092014 0CH1104K942
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 0.1UF 50V 80%,-20% Y5V(F)
1608 R/TP
C2A8 79098716 0CH1152K562
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 1500PF 50V 10% X7R(X) 1608
R/TP
Page 92
4-11
PRODUCT NAME (TYPE) : <AN, 25 (*1)> DVD VIDEO PLAYER
CUSTOMER MODEL NAME : <AN, 25>
SD-2815-K-TC
FACTORY MODEL NAME : <AN, 25>
SD-2815-K-TC
(if necessary)
DESTINATION : <AN, 60>
PRODUCTION START : <AN, 6> 2002/10
(yyyy/mm, Not include "/")
PRICE UNIT CODE <N, (1.0)> 1: USD, 2: JPY, 3: STG, 4: OTHERS (<- Fill in Unit name at "C6" cell in case of "4" )
Location No.
or TOSHIBA Part No. Vendor's Part No. Description
Reference No.
AN, 8 (*1) AN, 25 AN, 25 AN, 60
C2A9 79092014 0CH1104K942
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 0.1UF 50V 80%,-20% Y5V(F)
1608 R/TP
C2B3 79098718 0CH1392K562
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 3900PF 50V 10% X7R(X) 1608
R/TP
C2B4 79098719 0CH1683F942
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 0.068UF 16V 80%,-20% Y5V(F)
1608 R/TP
C2B5 79092019 0CH1333K562
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 0.033UF 50V 10% X7R(X) 1608
R/TP
L102 79098794 633-088D COIL,CHOKE, CHOCK ,20UH,LEAD CUT
L103 79091007 633-088G COIL,CHOKE, CHOCK(22MH) TP 5MM
L105 79091007 633-088G COIL,CHOKE, CHOCK(22MH) TP 5MM
L201 79091005 6200HJC102A FILTER(CIRC),EMI, HB-1M2012-102JT CERATECH TP 3K/REEL
L203 79091005 6200HJC102A FILTER(CIRC),EMI, HB-1M2012-102JT CERATECH TP 3K/REEL
L206 79091005 6200HJC102A FILTER(CIRC),EMI, HB-1M2012-102JT CERATECH TP 3K/REEL
L207 79091005 6200HJC102A FILTER(CIRC),EMI, HB-1M2012-102JT CERATECH TP 3K/REEL
L208 79091005 6200HJC102A FILTER(CIRC),EMI, HB-1M2012-102JT CERATECH TP 3K/REEL
L2A1 79091005 6200HJC102A FILTER(CIRC),EMI, HB-1M2012-102JT CERATECH TP 3K/REEL
L2A2 79091005 6200HJC102A FILTER(CIRC),EMI, HB-1M2012-102JT CERATECH TP 3K/REEL
L301 79091005 6200HJC102A FILTER(CIRC),EMI, HB-1M2012-102JT CERATECH TP 3K/REEL
L302 79096029 0RH0331D622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 3.3 OHM 1 / 10 W 2012 5.00% D
L3C1 79091005 6200HJC102A FILTER(CIRC),EMI, HB-1M2012-102JT CERATECH TP 3K/REEL
L3C2 79091005 6200HJC102A FILTER(CIRC),EMI, HB-1M2012-102JT CERATECH TP 3K/REEL
L3F1 79091005 6200HJC102A FILTER(CIRC),EMI, HB-1M2012-102JT CERATECH TP 3K/REEL
P3901 79096079 6630R3S006K CONNECTOR(CIRC),DRAW, GT200-13P-SS-A-P500
P3902 79096080 6630R3S006L CONNECTOR(CIRC),DRAW, GT200-04P-SS-A-P500
P9101 79096068 561-711H CONNECTOR (CIRC),WAFER, *WAFER,G/S GIL-S-08P-S2T2-EF
P9301 79096086 6631R-E024V CONNECTOR ASSEMBLY, GIL-S13/9073-13 ST
P9901 79096067 561-711G CONNECTOR (CIRC),WAFER, *WAFER,G/S GIL-S-07P-S2T2-EF
PMD02 79097580 6630R-FB02W CONNECTOR (CIRC),FFC/FPC, 04-6232-123-008-800 ELCO 23PIN
PMD03 79096077 6630HXC106A CONNECTOR (CIRC),FFC, 04-6232-106-008-800
PMD04 79096081 6630R-FB02G CONNECTOR (CIRC),FFC, 04-6232-107-008-800
PMD05 79096083 6630XE00108 CONNECTOR (CIRC),FFC, 04-6232-008-010-000
PW101 79096066 561-292B CONNECTOR (CIRC), GP390 LGC 3P 3.96 STRAIGHT SN
Q107 79095003 0TR127309AA TRANSISTOR,BIPOLARS, KTA1273 TP KEC TO92 -Y(KTA966A) L PNP
Q108 79095006 0TR319809AC TRANSISTOR,BIPOLARS, KTC3198 TP KEC - - -BL (KTC1815)
Q2A1 79095002 0TR103709BB TRANSISTOR,BIPOLARS, 2SA1037K-Q CHIP TP ROHM - -
Q2A2 79095002 0TR103709BB TRANSISTOR,BIPOLARS, 2SA1037K-Q CHIP TP ROHM - -
Q2A5 79098781 0TR388209AA TRANSISTOR,BIPOLARS, CHIP KTC3882 SOT-23
Q2A6 79098781 0TR388209AA TRANSISTOR,BIPOLARS, CHIP KTC3882 SOT-23
F613 79091006 6200HJC901A FILTER(CIRC),EMI, CFI06B1H101MF SAMWHA TP 2.5K/TP
FH101 79098790 586-008B HOLDER, FUSE CLIP TP SINSUNG
FH102 79098790 586-008B HOLDER, FUSE CLIP TP SINSUNG
G101 79096062 4986R-0001C GASKET, EMI SHIELD(DV4511N)
G102 79096062 4986R-0001C GASKET, EMI SHIELD(DV4511N)
IC101 79098751 0IPMGFA024A IC,POWER MANAGEMENT, KA5M0265R-YDTU FAIRC
IC102 79094029 657-062B SENSOR, PC123Y PHOTO-COUPLER(SARPH)
IC103 79098740 0IKE781200S IC,KEC, KIA78R12PI CU 4P TO-
IC104 79094010 0IKE431000A IC,KEC, KIA431 - - - -
IC105 79098749 0IPMGFA016A IC,POWER MANAGEMENT, KA78R08TSTU FAIRCHIL
Page 93
4-12
PRODUCT NAME (TYPE) : <AN, 25 (*1)> DVD VIDEO PLAYER
CUSTOMER MODEL NAME : <AN, 25>
SD-2815-K-TC
FACTORY MODEL NAME : <AN, 25>
SD-2815-K-TC
(if necessary)
DESTINATION : <AN, 60>
PRODUCTION START : <AN, 6> 2002/10
(yyyy/mm, Not include "/")
PRICE UNIT CODE <N, (1.0)> 1: USD, 2: JPY, 3: STG, 4: OTHERS (<- Fill in Unit name at "C6" cell in case of "4" )
Location No.
or TOSHIBA Part No. Vendor's Part No. Description
Reference No.
AN, 8 (*1) AN, 25 AN, 25 AN, 60
IC106 79098748 0IPMGFA015A IC,POWER MANAGEMENT, KA78R33TSTU FAIRCHIL
IC107 79098748 0IPMGFA015A IC,POWER MANAGEMENT, KA78R33TSTU FAIRCHIL
IC201 79098742 0ILNRHY002B IC,LINEAR, HDC25D811B HYUNDAI 2
IC203 79097518 0IEB121616B IC,ELITE MEMORY TECH, M12L16161A-7T-L 50PI
IC206 79094027 GITO704000F IC,TOSHIBA, TC7W04FU
IC2A1 79098741 0ILNRHI003A IC,LINEAR, HD153702TF HITACHI 6
IC2A2 79094009 0IJR341400C IC,JRC, NJM3414AM-TE1,3K/REEL. JRC - - - -
C2B9 79092014 0CH1104K942
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 0.1UF 50V 80%,-20% Y5V(F)
1608 R/TP
C2C1 79092013 0CH1103K562
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 0.01UF 50V 10% X7R(X) 1608
R/TP
C2C2 79097104 0CE1064F638 CAPACITOR,FIXED ELECTROLYTIC, 10UF SRA,SS 16V 20% FM5 TP 5
C2C4 79098714 0CH1102K562
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 1000PF 50V 10% X7R(X) 1608
R/TP
C2C5 79098717 0CH1332K562
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 3300PF 50V 10% X7R(X) 1608
R/TP
C2C6 79098714 0CH1102K562
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 1000PF 50V 10% X7R(X) 1608
R/TP
C2C8 79092014 0CH1104K942
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 0.1UF 50V 80%,-20% Y5V(F)
1608 R/TP
C2C9 79097104 0CE1064F638 CAPACITOR,FIXED ELECTROLYTIC, 10UF SRA,SS 16V 20% FM5 TP 5
C2D0 79097108 0CE4764F638 CAPACITOR,FIXED ELECTROLYTIC, 47UF SRA,SS 16V 20% FM5 TP 5
C2D1 79097108 0CE4764F638 CAPACITOR,FIXED ELECTROLYTIC, 47UF SRA,SS 16V 20% FM5 TP 5
C2D2 79092014 0CH1104K942
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 0.1UF 50V 80%,-20% Y5V(F)
1608 R/TP
C2D3 79092014 0CH1104K942
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 0.1UF 50V 80%,-20% Y5V(F)
1608 R/TP
C2D4 79097108 0CE4764F638 CAPACITOR,FIXED ELECTROLYTIC, 47UF SRA,SS 16V 20% FM5 TP 5
R234 79093027 0RH1000C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 100 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R235 79093027 0RH1000C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 100 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R236 79093027 0RH1000C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 100 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R237 79093027 0RH1000C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 100 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R239 79093020 0RH0000C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 0 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R240 79093020 0RH0000C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 0 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R241 79093020 0RH0000C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 0 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R242 79093020 0RH0000C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 0 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R243 79093020 0RH0000C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 0 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R252 79093020 0RH0000C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 0 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R269 79093023 0RH0222C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 22 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R273 79093034 0RH1501C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 1.5K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R274 79093048 0RH6200C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 620 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R275 79093034 0RH1501C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 1.5K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R115 79096028 0RD0471F608 RESISTOR,FIXED CARBON FILM, 4.7 OHM 1/6 W 5.00% TA26
R120 79093018 0RD4702F608 RESISTOR,FIXED CARBON FILM, 47K OHM 1/6 W 5.00% TA26
R121 79093007 0RD1201F608 RESISTOR,FIXED CARBON FILM, 1.2K OHM 1/6 W 5.00% TA26
R122 79093011 0RD2200F608 RESISTOR,FIXED CARBON FILM, 220 OHM 1/6 W 5.00% TA26
R123 79093004 0RD1001F608 RESISTOR,FIXED CARBON FILM, 1K OHM 1/6 W 5.00% TA26
R124 79093010 0RD1800F608 RESISTOR,FIXED CARBON FILM, 180 OHM 1/6 W 5.00% TA26
R125 79093015 0RD3901F608 RESISTOR,FIXED CARBON FILM, 3.9K OHM 1/6 W 5.00% TA26
Page 94
4-13
PRODUCT NAME (TYPE) : <AN, 25 (*1)> DVD VIDEO PLAYER
CUSTOMER MODEL NAME : <AN, 25>
SD-2815-K-TC
FACTORY MODEL NAME : <AN, 25>
SD-2815-K-TC
(if necessary)
DESTINATION : <AN, 60>
PRODUCTION START : <AN, 6> 2002/10
(yyyy/mm, Not include "/")
PRICE UNIT CODE <N, (1.0)> 1: USD, 2: JPY, 3: STG, 4: OTHERS (<- Fill in Unit name at "C6" cell in case of "4" )
Location No.
or TOSHIBA Part No. Vendor's Part No. Description
Reference No.
AN, 8 (*1) AN, 25 AN, 25 AN, 60
R126 79093004 0RD1001F608 RESISTOR,FIXED CARBON FILM, 1K OHM 1/6 W 5.00% TA26
R127 79093054 0RN3601E408 RESISTOR,FIXED METAL FILM, 3.6K OHM 1/8 W 1.00% TA26
R128 79093053 0RN3301E408 RESISTOR,FIXED METAL FILM, 3.3K OHM 1/8 W 1.00% TA26
R130 79093005 0RD1002F608 RESISTOR,FIXED CARBON FILM, 10K OHM 1/6 W 5.00% TA26
R140 79093004 0RD1001F608 RESISTOR,FIXED CARBON FILM, 1K OHM 1/6 W 5.00% TA26
R141 79093004 0RD1001F608 RESISTOR,FIXED CARBON FILM, 1K OHM 1/6 W 5.00% TA26
R142 79093004 0RD1001F608 RESISTOR,FIXED CARBON FILM, 1K OHM 1/6 W 5.00% TA26
R1A1 79097317 0RS0562K619 RESISTOR,FIXED METAL, 56 OHM 2 W 5% TR
C2D5 79097104 0CE1064F638 CAPACITOR,FIXED ELECTROLYTIC, 10UF SRA,SS 16V 20% FM5 TP 5
C2D6 79092014 0CH1104K942
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 0.1UF 50V 80%,-20% Y5V(F)
1608 R/TP
C2D7 79098716 0CH1152K562
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 1500PF 50V 10% X7R(X) 1608
R/TP
C2D9 79092014 0CH1104K942
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 0.1UF 50V 80%,-20% Y5V(F)
1608 R/TP
C2M2 79092022 0CH1682K562
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 6800PF 50V 10% X7R(X) 1608
R/TP
C2M3 79092020 0CH1472K562
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 4700PF 50V 10% X7R(X) 1608
R/TP
C2M4 79092014 0CH1104K942
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 0.1UF 50V 80%,-20% Y5V(F)
1608 R/TP
C2M5 79092014 0CH1104K942
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 0.1UF 50V 80%,-20% Y5V(F)
1608 R/TP
C2M6 79098705 0CE1074F638 CAPACITOR,FIXED ELECTROLYTIC, 100UF SRA,SS 16V 20% FM5 TP 5
C2M7 79092018 0CH1225F944
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 2.2UF 16V 80%,-20% Y5V(F)
3216 R/TP
C2M9 79092014 0CH1104K942
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 0.1UF 50V 80%,-20% Y5V(F)
1608 R/TP
C2N1 79092014 0CH1104K942
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 0.1UF 50V 80%,-20% Y5V(F)
1608 R/TP
C2N2 79092014 0CH1104K942
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 0.1UF 50V 80%,-20% Y5V(F)
1608 R/TP
R201 79093020 0RH0000C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 0 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R202 79093020 0RH0000C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 0 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R203 79093028 0RH1001C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 1K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R204 79093028 0RH1001C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 1K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R207 79093030 0RH1004C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 1M OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R217 79093021 0RH0102C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 10 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R218 79093044 0RH4700C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 470 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R219 79093029 0RH1002C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 10K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R220 79093029 0RH1002C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 10K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R221 79093028 0RH1001C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 1K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R230 79093027 0RH1000C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 100 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R231 79093027 0RH1000C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 100 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R232 79093027 0RH1000C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 100 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R233 79093027 0RH1000C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 100 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R276 79093052 0RH9100C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 910 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R277 79093057 0RH1500C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 150 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R278 79093020 0RH0000C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 0 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
Page 95
4-14
PRODUCT NAME (TYPE) : <AN, 25 (*1)> DVD VIDEO PLAYER
CUSTOMER MODEL NAME : <AN, 25>
SD-2815-K-TC
FACTORY MODEL NAME : <AN, 25>
SD-2815-K-TC
(if necessary)
DESTINATION : <AN, 60>
PRODUCTION START : <AN, 6> 2002/10
(yyyy/mm, Not include "/")
PRICE UNIT CODE <N, (1.0)> 1: USD, 2: JPY, 3: STG, 4: OTHERS (<- Fill in Unit name at "C6" cell in case of "4" )
Location No.
or TOSHIBA Part No. Vendor's Part No. Description
Reference No.
AN, 8 (*1) AN, 25 AN, 25 AN, 60
R279 79093020 0RH0000C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 0 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R281 79093020 0RH0000C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 0 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R288 79093029 0RH1002C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 10K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R290 79093020 0RH0000C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 0 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R291 79093027 0RH1000C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 100 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R2A1 79093026 0RH0912C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 91 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R2A2 79093020 0RH0000C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 0 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R2A6 79093032 0RH1202C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 12K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R2A9 79098774 0RH5602C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 56K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R2B0 79093028 0RH1001C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 1K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R2B1 79093028 0RH1001C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 1K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R902 79098765 0RD8200F608 RESISTOR,FIXED CARBON FILM, 820 OHM 1/6 W 5.00% TA26
R903 79093007 0RD1201F608 RESISTOR,FIXED CARBON FILM, 1.2K OHM 1/6 W 5.00% TA26
R904 79098760 0RD1501F608 RESISTOR,FIXED CARBON FILM, 1.5K OHM 1/6 W 5.00% TA26
R905 79098761 0RD2201F608 RESISTOR,FIXED CARBON FILM, 2.2K OHM 1/6 W 5.00% TA26
R906 79098762 0RD3301F608 RESISTOR,FIXED CARBON FILM, 3.3K OHM 1/6 W 5.00% TA26
R907 79093017 0RD4701F608 RESISTOR,FIXED CARBON FILM, 4.7K OHM 1/6 W 5.00% TA26
R908 79098766 0RD8201F608 RESISTOR,FIXED CARBON FILM, 8.2K OHM 1/6 W 5.00% TA26
R910 79098764 0RD6800F608 RESISTOR,FIXED CARBON FILM, 680 OHM 1/6 W 5.00% TA26
R911 79098765 0RD8200F608 RESISTOR,FIXED CARBON FILM, 820 OHM 1/6 W 5.00% TA26
R912 79093007 0RD1201F608 RESISTOR,FIXED CARBON FILM, 1.2K OHM 1/6 W 5.00% TA26
R913 79098760 0RD1501F608 RESISTOR,FIXED CARBON FILM, 1.5K OHM 1/6 W 5.00% TA26
R914 79098761 0RD2201F608 RESISTOR,FIXED CARBON FILM, 2.2K OHM 1/6 W 5.00% TA26
R915 79098762 0RD3301F608 RESISTOR,FIXED CARBON FILM, 3.3K OHM 1/6 W 5.00% TA26
R925 79093005 0RD1002F608 RESISTOR,FIXED CARBON FILM, 10K OHM 1/6 W 5.00% TA26
R926 79093005 0RD1002F608 RESISTOR,FIXED CARBON FILM, 10K OHM 1/6 W 5.00% TA26
C2N3 79092014 0CH1104K942
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 0.1UF 50V 80%,-20% Y5V(F)
1608 R/TP
C2N4 79092014 0CH1104K942
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 0.1UF 50V 80%,-20% Y5V(F)
1608 R/TP
C2N5 79092014 0CH1104K942
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 0.1UF 50V 80%,-20% Y5V(F)
1608 R/TP
C2N6 79092017 0CH1223K942
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 0.022UF 50V 80%,-20% Y5V(F)
1608 R/TP
C2N7 79097108 0CE4764F638 CAPACITOR,FIXED ELECTROLYTIC, 47UF SRA,SS 16V 20% FM5 TP 5
C2N8 79097108 0CE4764F638 CAPACITOR,FIXED ELECTROLYTIC, 47UF SRA,SS 16V 20% FM5 TP 5
C301 79092014 0CH1104K942
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 0.1UF 50V 80%,-20% Y5V(F)
1608 R/TP
C302 79092018 0CH1225F944
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 2.2UF 16V 80%,-20% Y5V(F)
3216 R/TP
C303 79092014 0CH1104K942
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 0.1UF 50V 80%,-20% Y5V(F)
1608 R/TP
C304 79092014 0CH1104K942
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 0.1UF 50V 80%,-20% Y5V(F)
1608 R/TP
C305 79092014 0CH1104K942
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 0.1UF 50V 80%,-20% Y5V(F)
1608 R/TP
C306 79092014 0CH1104K942
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 0.1UF 50V 80%,-20% Y5V(F)
1608 R/TP
Page 96
4-15
PRODUCT NAME (TYPE) : <AN, 25 (*1)> DVD VIDEO PLAYER
CUSTOMER MODEL NAME : <AN, 25>
SD-2815-K-TC
FACTORY MODEL NAME : <AN, 25>
SD-2815-K-TC
(if necessary)
DESTINATION : <AN, 60>
PRODUCTION START : <AN, 6> 2002/10
(yyyy/mm, Not include "/")
PRICE UNIT CODE <N, (1.0)> 1: USD, 2: JPY, 3: STG, 4: OTHERS (<- Fill in Unit name at "C6" cell in case of "4" )
Location No.
or TOSHIBA Part No. Vendor's Part No. Description
Reference No.
AN, 8 (*1) AN, 25 AN, 25 AN, 60
C307 79092014 0CH1104K942
CAPACITOR,FIXED CERAMIC(Temp.compensate), 0.1UF 50V 80%,-20% Y5V(F)
1608 R/TP
R3F1 79093020 0RH0000C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 0 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R3F2 79093028 0RH1001C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 1K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R3F3 79093045 0RH4701C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 4.7K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R3F4 79093029 0RH1002C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 10K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R3F5 79093029 0RH1002C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 10K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R401 79093022 0RH0182C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 18 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R403 79093021 0RH0102C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 10 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R404 79093051 0RH7501C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 7.5K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R405 79098770 0RH1801C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 1.8K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R406 79098770 0RH1801C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 1.8K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R407 79093029 0RH1002C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 10K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R409 79093051 0RH7501C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 7.5K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R410 79093051 0RH7501C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 7.5K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R411 79093051 0RH7501C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 7.5K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R2M5 79093028 0RH1001C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 1K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R2M6 79093029 0RH1002C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 10K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R2M7 79093029 0RH1002C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 10K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R2M8 79093028 0RH1001C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 1K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R2M9 79093029 0RH1002C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 10K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R2N0 79093032 0RH1202C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 12K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R2N1 79093028 0RH1001C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 1K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R2N2 79093047 0RH5601C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 5.6K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R2N3 79093029 0RH1002C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 10K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R2N4 79093050 0RH6801C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 6.8K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R2N5 79093032 0RH1202C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 12K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R2N7 79093029 0RH1002C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 10K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R2N8 79093029 0RH1002C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 10K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R2N9 79093029 0RH1002C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 10K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R2D0 79093047 0RH5601C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 5.6K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R2D1 79093020 0RH0000C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 0 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R2D2 79093020 0RH0000C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 0 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R2D3 79093047 0RH5601C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 5.6K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R2D4 79093047 0RH5601C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 5.6K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R2D5 79093050 0RH6801C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 6.8K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R2D6 79093026 0RH0912C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 91 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R2E6 79093027 0RH1000C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 100 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R2E7 79093027 0RH1000C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 100 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R2E8 79093020 0RH0000C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 0 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R2F1 79098771 0RH2200C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 220 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R2F2 79098771 0RH2200C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 220 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R2F3 79093027 0RH1000C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 100 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R2F4 79093027 0RH1000C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 100 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R323 79093020 0RH0000C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 0 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R350 79093029 0RH1002C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 10K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R351 79093027 0RH1000C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 100 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R352 79093027 0RH1000C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 100 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
Page 97
4-16
PRODUCT NAME (TYPE) : <AN, 25 (*1)> DVD VIDEO PLAYER
CUSTOMER MODEL NAME : <AN, 25>
SD-2815-K-TC
FACTORY MODEL NAME : <AN, 25>
SD-2815-K-TC
(if necessary)
DESTINATION : <AN, 60>
PRODUCTION START : <AN, 6> 2002/10
(yyyy/mm, Not include "/")
PRICE UNIT CODE <N, (1.0)> 1: USD, 2: JPY, 3: STG, 4: OTHERS (<- Fill in Unit name at "C6" cell in case of "4" )
Location No.
or TOSHIBA Part No. Vendor's Part No. Description
Reference No.
AN, 8 (*1) AN, 25 AN, 25 AN, 60
R353 79093027 0RH1000C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 100 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R354 79093027 0RH1000C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 100 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R355 79093027 0RH1000C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 100 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R356 79093027 0RH1000C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 100 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R357 79093027 0RH1000C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 100 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R358 79093027 0RH1000C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 100 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R359 79093027 0RH1000C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 100 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R360 79093027 0RH1000C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 100 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R361 79093020 0RH0000C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 0 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R362 79093027 0RH1000C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 100 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R306 79093045 0RH4701C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 4.7K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R307 79093028 0RH1001C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 1K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R308 79093028 0RH1001C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 1K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R309 79093029 0RH1002C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 10K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R310 79093028 0RH1001C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 1K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R311 79093028 0RH1001C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 1K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R314 79093029 0RH1002C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 10K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R315 79093029 0RH1002C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 10K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R317 79093029 0RH1002C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 10K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R318 79093045 0RH4701C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 4.7K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R319 79093045 0RH4701C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 4.7K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R320 79093045 0RH4701C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 4.7K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R321 79093028 0RH1001C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 1K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R322 79093045 0RH4701C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 4.7K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R363 79093027 0RH1000C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 100 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R364 79093020 0RH0000C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 0 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R365 79093020 0RH0000C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 0 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R367 79093031 0RH1201C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 1.2K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R368 79098773 0RH4702C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 47K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R369 79093045 0RH4701C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 4.7K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R370 79093028 0RH1001C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 1K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R371 79093031 0RH1201C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 1.2K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R372 79093031 0RH1201C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 1.2K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R373 79093031 0RH1201C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 1.2K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R374 79093031 0RH1201C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 1.2K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R375 79093031 0RH1201C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 1.2K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R380 79093045 0RH4701C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 4.7K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R381 79093045 0RH4701C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 4.7K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R2F5 79098772 0RH2202C422 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 22K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 1.00% D
R2F6 79093047 0RH5601C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 5.6K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R2F7 79093047 0RH5601C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 5.6K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R2F8 79093039 0RH2201C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 2.2K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R2F9 79093039 0RH2201C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 2.2K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R2G1 79093039 0RH2201C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 2.2K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R2G2 79093039 0RH2201C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 2.2K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R2G3 79093047 0RH5601C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 5.6K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R2G4 79093047 0RH5601C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 5.6K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R2G7 79093029 0RH1002C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 10K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
Page 98
4-17
PRODUCT NAME (TYPE) : <AN, 25 (*1)> DVD VIDEO PLAYER
CUSTOMER MODEL NAME : <AN, 25>
SD-2815-K-TC
FACTORY MODEL NAME : <AN, 25>
SD-2815-K-TC
(if necessary)
DESTINATION : <AN, 60>
PRODUCTION START : <AN, 6> 2002/10
(yyyy/mm, Not include "/")
PRICE UNIT CODE <N, (1.0)> 1: USD, 2: JPY, 3: STG, 4: OTHERS (<- Fill in Unit name at "C6" cell in case of "4" )
Location No.
or TOSHIBA Part No. Vendor's Part No. Description
Reference No.
AN, 8 (*1) AN, 25 AN, 25 AN, 60
R2G9 79093057 0RH1500C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 150 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R2M1 79093028 0RH1001C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 1K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R2M2 79093029 0RH1002C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 10K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R2M3 79093051 0RH7501C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 7.5K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R2P1 79093029 0RH1002C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 10K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R2P2 79093028 0RH1001C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 1K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R2P3 79093045 0RH4701C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 4.7K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R2P4 79093029 0RH1002C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 10K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R2P5 79093031 0RH1201C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 1.2K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R2P7 79093028 0RH1001C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 1K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R2P8 79093028 0RH1001C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 1K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R2P9 79093028 0RH1001C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 1K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R2Q1 79093028 0RH1001C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 1K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R2Q2 79093032 0RH1202C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 12K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R2Q3 79093035 0RH1502C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 15K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R2Q7 79093029 0RH1002C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 10K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R2Q8 79093040 0RH2202C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 22K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R303 79093020 0RH0000C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 0 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R510 79093023 0RH0222C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 22 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R514 79093023 0RH0222C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 22 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R515 79093023 0RH0222C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 22 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R516 79093027 0RH1000C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 100 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R517 79093023 0RH0222C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 22 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R518 79093023 0RH0222C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 22 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R519 79093023 0RH0222C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 22 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R520 79093023 0RH0222C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 22 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R521 79093045 0RH4701C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 4.7K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R522 79093029 0RH1002C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 10K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R523 79093045 0RH4701C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 4.7K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R524 79093028 0RH1001C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 1K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R525 79091002 0LC0233002B INDUCTOR,CHIP, HB-1S1608-800JT CERA
R530 79093031 0RH1201C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 1.2K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R412 79098770 0RH1801C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 1.8K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R413 79093029 0RH1002C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 10K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R414 79093047 0RH5601C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 5.6K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R415 79093045 0RH4701C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 4.7K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R416 79093029 0RH1002C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 10K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R417 79098770 0RH1801C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 1.8K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R418 79093029 0RH1002C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 10K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R419 79093041 0RH3300C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 330 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R420 79093041 0RH3300C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 330 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R421 79093020 0RH0000C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 0 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R428 79093020 0RH0000C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 0 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R429 79093020 0RH0000C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 0 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R430 79093020 0RH0000C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 0 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R431 79093028 0RH1001C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 1K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R618 79096030 0RH1003C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 100K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R619 79096030 0RH1003C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 100K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
Page 99
4-18
PRODUCT NAME (TYPE) : <AN, 25 (*1)> DVD VIDEO PLAYER
CUSTOMER MODEL NAME : <AN, 25>
SD-2815-K-TC
FACTORY MODEL NAME : <AN, 25>
SD-2815-K-TC
(if necessary)
DESTINATION : <AN, 60>
PRODUCTION START : <AN, 6> 2002/10
(yyyy/mm, Not include "/")
PRICE UNIT CODE <N, (1.0)> 1: USD, 2: JPY, 3: STG, 4: OTHERS (<- Fill in Unit name at "C6" cell in case of "4" )
Location No.
or TOSHIBA Part No. Vendor's Part No. Description
Reference No.
AN, 8 (*1) AN, 25 AN, 25 AN, 60
R620 79093020 0RH0000C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 0 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R621 79093020 0RH0000C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 0 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R622 79093023 0RH0222C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 22 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R624 79093028 0RH1001C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 1K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R633 79093045 0RH4701C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 4.7K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R634 79093047 0RH5601C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 5.6K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R6M1 79093020 0RH0000C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 0 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R6M2 79096030 0RH1003C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 100K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R6M3 79093020 0RH0000C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 0 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R6M4 79096030 0RH1003C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 100K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R6N4 79093020 0RH0000C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 0 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R901 79098764 0RD6800F608 RESISTOR,FIXED CARBON FILM, 680 OHM 1/6 W 5.00% TA26
R534 79093049 0RH6800C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 680 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R541 79093029 0RH1002C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 10K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R588 79093025 0RH0752C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 75 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R589 79093025 0RH0752C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 75 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R590 79093025 0RH0752C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 75 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R591 79093025 0RH0752C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 75 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R597 79093020 0RH0000C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 0 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R599 79093025 0RH0752C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 75 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R604 79093025 0RH0752C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 75 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R605 79093028 0RH1001C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 1K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R606 79093028 0RH1001C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 1K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R607 79093028 0RH1001C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 1K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R608 79093028 0RH1001C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 1K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R609 79093028 0RH1001C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 1K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R432 79093020 0RH0000C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 0 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R433 79093046 0RH5600C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 560 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R434 79093046 0RH5600C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 560 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R435 79093028 0RH1001C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 1K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R436 79093028 0RH1001C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 1K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R501 79093042 0RH3301C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 3.3K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R502 79093028 0RH1001C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 1K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R503 79093020 0RH0000C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 0 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R504 79093033 0RH1500C422 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZE, 150 OHM 1 / 16 W 160
R505 79093021 0RH0102C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 10 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R506 79093028 0RH1001C422 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 1K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 1.00% D
R507 79098768 0RH1100C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 110 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R508 79093025 0RH0752C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 75 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R509 79098768 0RH1100C622 RESISTOR,METAL GLAZED(CHIP), 110 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 5.00% D
R933 79093014 0RD3300F608 RESISTOR,FIXED CARBON FILM, 330 OHM 1/6 W 5.00% TA26
R939 79093011 0RD2200F608 RESISTOR,FIXED CARBON FILM, 220 OHM 1/6 W 5.00% TA26
R940 79098762 0RD3301F608 RESISTOR,FIXED CARBON FILM, 3.3K OHM 1/6 W 5.00% TA26
R941 79093005 0RD1002F608 RESISTOR,FIXED CARBON FILM, 10K OHM 1/6 W 5.00% TA26
R942 79093004 0RD1001F608 RESISTOR,FIXED CARBON FILM, 1K OHM 1/6 W 5.00% TA26
R944 79093005 0RD1002F608 RESISTOR,FIXED CARBON FILM, 10K OHM 1/6 W 5.00% TA26
R991 79093004 0RD1001F608 RESISTOR,FIXED CARBON FILM, 1K OHM 1/6 W 5.00% TA26
RC901 79096084 6712R1538GE REMOTE CONTROLLER RE, TSOP2838KU1 VISHAY 3
Page 100
4-19
PRODUCT NAME (TYPE) : <AN, 25 (*1)> DVD VIDEO PLAYER
CUSTOMER MODEL NAME : <AN, 25>
SD-2815-K-TC
FACTORY MODEL NAME : <AN, 25>
SD-2815-K-TC
(if necessary)
DESTINATION : <AN, 60>
PRODUCTION START : <AN, 6> 2002/10
(yyyy/mm, Not include "/")
PRICE UNIT CODE <N, (1.0)> 1: USD, 2: JPY, 3: STG, 4: OTHERS (<- Fill in Unit name at "C6" cell in case of "4" )
Location No.
or TOSHIBA Part No. Vendor's Part No. Description
Reference No.
AN, 8 (*1) AN, 25 AN, 25 AN, 60
SW602 79098797 6600R-SH18A SWITCH,TACT, CSS-4206 CHANG SHIN
SW901 79097338 556-219B SWITCH,TACT, THVV502GAA POSTECH NON 12V 5A VERTICAL 160G
SW902 79097338 556-219B SWITCH,TACT, THVV502GAA POSTECH NON 12V 5A VERTICAL 160G
SW903 79097338 556-219B SWITCH,TACT, THVV502GAA POSTECH NON 12V 5A VERTICAL 160G
SW904 79097338 556-219B SWITCH,TACT, THVV502GAA POSTECH NON 12V 5A VERTICAL 160G
SW905 79097338 556-219B SWITCH,TACT, THVV502GAA POSTECH NON 12V 5A VERTICAL 160G
SW906 79097338 556-219B SWITCH,TACT, THVV502GAA POSTECH NON 12V 5A VERTICAL 160G
SW907 79097338 556-219B SWITCH,TACT, THVV502GAA POSTECH NON 12V 5A VERTICAL 160G
SW908 79097338 556-219B SWITCH,TACT, THVV502GAA POSTECH NON 12V 5A VERTICAL 160G
SW909 79097338 556-219B SWITCH,TACT, THVV502GAA POSTECH NON 12V 5A VERTICAL 160G
SW910 79097338 556-219B SWITCH,TACT, THVV502GAA POSTECH NON 12V 5A VERTICAL 160G
SW911 79097338 556-219B SWITCH,TACT, THVV502GAA POSTECH NON 12V 5A VERTICAL 160G
SW912 79097338 556-219B SWITCH,TACT, THVV502GAA POSTECH NON 12V 5A VERTICAL 160G
SW9A1 79098796 6600RRB003A SWITCH,TACT, SKQUAA J-ALPS NON 12V 50MA VERTICAL 160G
T101 79096069 6170RNGW05B TRANSFORMER,SMPS[COI, EER2828 SOOJUNG DVD
V101 79098795 656-004C VARISTOR, SVC681D-10A SAMHWA 4.O CUT
X201 79097347 6202R-BM04C CRYSTAL,STANDARD, HC-49/S BUBANG AXIAL
X501 79096070 6212AA2271F RESONATOR,CRYSTAL, HC-49S KITELCO 27MHZ
X901 79097349 6212BA3004A RESONATOR,CERAMIC, CSTLS6M00G53-A0 MURA
ZD101 79098735 0DZ560009CJ DIODE,ZENERS, GDZJ5.6B 26MM GRANDE
Loading...